WO2018155675A1 - Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018155675A1
WO2018155675A1 PCT/JP2018/006890 JP2018006890W WO2018155675A1 WO 2018155675 A1 WO2018155675 A1 WO 2018155675A1 JP 2018006890 W JP2018006890 W JP 2018006890W WO 2018155675 A1 WO2018155675 A1 WO 2018155675A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
carbon atoms
aligning agent
component
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/006890
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
祐太 飯塚
隆之 根木
耕平 後藤
Original Assignee
日産化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学株式会社
Priority to KR1020197027833A priority Critical patent/KR102573453B1/en
Priority to JP2019501857A priority patent/JP7106059B2/en
Priority to CN201880026904.8A priority patent/CN110546560B/en
Publication of WO2018155675A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018155675A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/04Acids; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • C08F220/06Acrylic acid; Methacrylic acid; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/38Esters containing sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/542Macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained thereby, and a liquid crystal display element comprising the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. More specifically, even when the firing temperature is low and the firing time is short, the liquid crystal aligning agent can provide a liquid crystal aligning film that has good liquid crystal orientation, excellent pretilt angle development ability, and high reliability. And a liquid crystal display element having excellent display quality.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film plays a role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction.
  • the main liquid crystal alignment film used industrially is a polyimide precursor (polyamic acid), a polyamic acid ester, or a polyimide-based liquid crystal aligning agent made of a polyimide solution. It is produced by applying and forming a film. When the liquid crystal is aligned in parallel or inclined with respect to the substrate surface, a surface stretching process is further performed by rubbing after film formation.
  • a vertical alignment (VA) method when the liquid crystal is aligned perpendicularly to the substrate (referred to as a vertical alignment (VA) method), a long chain alkyl, a cyclic group, or a combination of a cyclic group and an alkyl group (see, for example, Patent Document 1), a steroid skeleton ( For example, a liquid crystal alignment film in which a hydrophobic group is introduced into a side chain of polyimide such as Patent Document 2) is used.
  • a voltage is applied between the substrates to incline the liquid crystal molecules in a direction parallel to the substrate, the liquid crystal molecules need to be inclined from the substrate normal direction toward one direction in the substrate surface. .
  • a method of providing a protrusion on the substrate a method of providing a slit in the display electrode, or a liquid crystal molecule is slightly tilted from the normal direction of the substrate toward one direction in the substrate surface by rubbing ( Pretilt method, and also pre-tilt the liquid crystal by adding a photopolymerizable compound to the liquid crystal composition in advance and using it with a vertical alignment film such as polyimide and irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying voltage to the liquid crystal cell
  • a vertical alignment film such as polyimide and irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying voltage to the liquid crystal cell
  • a highly polar solvent such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (also referred to as NMP) is used because the solvent solubility of these polyimide polymers is low. in use.
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • These highly polar solvents have high boiling points.
  • NMP has a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher. Therefore, in order to produce a liquid crystal alignment film using a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent using NMP as a solvent, in order to eliminate NMP remaining in the liquid crystal alignment film, at a high temperature of about 200 ° C. near the boiling point of NMP. Need to be fired.
  • ⁇ X> Component (A): a polymer having the following structures (A-1) and (A-2); and a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a solvent,
  • the polymer is (A-3) an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the following formula (3), a group represented by the following formula (4), a group represented by the following formula (5), and thiirane.
  • the component (B) is a compound containing two or more groups selected from the group consisting of epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule. Liquid crystal aligning agent.
  • a structure having at least one functional group selected from a carboxyl group, an amino group and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (hereinafter also referred to as “polar group”).
  • A-2) A structure represented by the following formula (pa-1) (hereinafter also referred to as “photo-alignable group”).
  • A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (this is optionally Substituted with a cyano group or one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furylene, 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, divalent alicyclic A divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a straight chain having 1 to 40 carbon atoms Or a C 3-4 containing a branched alkyl group
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a liquid crystal alignment film and a liquid crystal aligning agent that have good liquid crystal alignment, excellent pretilt angle development ability, and high reliability even when the baking time is shortened. Moreover, the liquid crystal display element manufactured by the method of the present invention has excellent display characteristics.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains (A) component: a polymer having the following structures (A-1) and (A-2); and a solvent. Moreover, the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention has the following 1st aspects; and / or a 2nd aspect further. That is, in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the first aspect of the present invention, the polymer is represented by (A-3) an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the above formula (3), or a above formula (4). And a structure having at least one functional group selected from the group represented by the above formula (5) and a thiirane group (hereinafter also referred to as “thermally crosslinkable group”).
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the second aspect of the present invention further has a component (B) other than the component (A), and the component (B) has two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, It is a compound containing a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyalkylamide group and a benzyl alcohol group.
  • the component (B) is a compound containing two or more epoxy groups or thiirane groups in the molecule, or the component (B) is a compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups and benzyl in the molecule. It is a compound containing a group selected from the group consisting of alcohol groups.
  • two or more in a molecule means, for example, a combination of an epoxy group and a thiirane group, in addition to the case where two or more of the same kind of groups such as two or more epoxy groups are contained in the molecule. In addition, even if they are different from each other, it is intended to include the case where two or more groups selected from the group consisting of epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups are contained in the molecule. “Two or more in a molecule” preferably contains two or more of the same kind of groups in the molecule.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the first aspect of the present invention contains a polymer having the structure of (A-1) to (A-3) (hereinafter also referred to as “first specific polymer”) and a solvent.
  • first specific polymer a polymer having the structure of (A-1) to (A-3)
  • second specific polymer a polymer having the structures (A-1) and (A-2) (hereinafter also referred to as “second specific polymer”), (B ) Contains components and solvent.
  • the first specific polymer of the present invention is represented by the following formula (I).
  • S a , S b , and S c each represent an independent spacer unit;
  • I a1 has the same definition as in formula (a-1-m) described later,
  • I b is a group represented by the formula (pa-1),
  • I c is selected from the group consisting of an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the formula (3), a group represented by the formula (4), a group represented by the formula (5), and a thiirane group.
  • M a , M c , M d , M e , r 1 , and r 2 are definitions defined in formula (a-1-m), formula (b-1-m), and formula (c-1-m) described later. It is the same.
  • x, y, and z are not particularly limited, but, for example, x, y, and z can independently take values of 0.01 or more and 0.89 or less.
  • the formulas (I) to (II) mean that each side chain is present in a ratio of x, y, and z, and in the polymer, a block copolymer in which each side chain is blocked. It does not mean coalescence.
  • the second specific polymer used in the second aspect of the present invention is represented by the following formula (I ′).
  • S a , S b , I a1 , I b , M a , M c , M d , r 1 , and r 2 have the same definition as above.
  • x and y are not particularly limited, but for example, x and y can independently take a value of 0.05 or more and 0.95 or less.
  • the formula (I ′) means that each side chain exists in a ratio of x and y, and in the polymer means a block copolymer in which each side chain is blocked. is not.
  • the 1st and 2nd specific polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention has a high sensitivity with respect to light, it can express alignment control ability also in polarized-ultraviolet irradiation of a low exposure amount.
  • the first specific polymer can undergo a cross-linking reaction in the first specific polymer even when the firing time of the liquid crystal aligning agent is short due to the reaction of the thermally crosslinkable group with an amino group and a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. .
  • the photo-alignment part of the first specific polymer exhibits anisotropy by photoreaction, the anisotropy easily remains (memory) in the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be expressed.
  • the amino group, carboxyl group and hydroxyl group of the first and second specific polymers react with a group selected from the group consisting of the epoxy group, thiirane group, hydroxyalkylamide group and benzyl alcohol group of the component (B).
  • the crosslinking reaction in the first and second specific polymers becomes possible.
  • the photo-alignment sites of the first and second specific polymers exhibit anisotropy due to a photoreaction, anisotropy tends to remain (memory) in the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be expressed.
  • the first and second specific polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention are at least one selected from polar groups, that is, carboxyl groups, amino groups and hydroxyl groups in the molecule, preferably in the side chain. It has a structure having a functional group of Since this structure enables a crosslinking reaction in the specific polymer even when the baking time of the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained from the first and second specific polymers of the present invention is shortened, the liquid crystal alignment obtained The liquid crystal orientation of the film can be improved and the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be expressed.
  • the structure having a polar group in the molecule can be represented, for example, by the following formula (a-1).
  • Examples of the structure include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (a-1-m), but are not limited thereto.
  • I a1 is a monovalent organic group selected from a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a group having at least one partial structure of the following formula (a2), or a primary amino group.
  • the following formula (a2) represents a group other than the primary amino group, and r 1 is 1 or 2.
  • * indicates a bond.
  • S a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • examples of the group having a partial structure of the above formula (a2) include a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle, and examples thereof include piperidine and morpholine. Each of these groups may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be replaced by fluorine, chlorine, cyano, methyl or methoxy groups.
  • Preferable examples of I a1 include a monovalent organic group selected from a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group.
  • M a represents a first polymerizable group.
  • the first polymerizable group include radical polymerizable groups of the following formulas (M a -1) to (M a -2), ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, maleimide, norbornene and derivatives thereof, and siloxane. it can.
  • Preferred are formulas (M a -1) to (M a -2), and ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone maleimide.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • * represents a bond.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group in S a of the formula (a-1-m) include, for example, an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms). 14) an arylene group, a (* A) —CONH—R 6 — (* B) group, a (* A) —COO—R 7 — (* B) group, and the like.
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently a single bond, an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms, or an arylene having 6 to 20 (preferably 6 to 14) carbon atoms.
  • alkanediyl group examples include methylene group, ethylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, Propane-2,2-diyl group, butane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5 -Diyl group, hexane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1,6-diyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a biphenylene group, and an anthrylene group.
  • Examples of the alkyleneoxyarylene group include an ethyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxybiphenyl group, and the like.
  • the divalent linking group for S a alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1-6), an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 ⁇ 14), (* A) A —COO—R 7 — (* B) group is preferred, and R 7 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the above formula (a-1-m) having a carboxyl group include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carboxypentyl (meth) acrylate, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, ⁇ -ethylacrylic And acid, ⁇ -ethylacrylic acid, ⁇ -propylacrylic acid, ⁇ -isopropylacrylic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, vinylbenzoic acid and the like.
  • Specific examples of the above formula (a-1-m) having an amino group include t-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth) acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth) acrylate; Examples thereof include ethyl (meth) acrylamide, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl) methyl acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxy (meth) acrylamide and the like.
  • Specific examples of the formula (a-1-m) having a group having a partial structure of the formula (a2) include 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl methacrylate and the like. .
  • numerator contained in the polymer of this invention may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used combining 2 or more types of site
  • the portion having a polar group in the molecule is contained in a proportion of 5 to 94 mol%, 20 to 94 mol%, or 20 to 88 mol%, or 25 to 80 mol% of the first specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferred that Alternatively, the site having a polar group in the molecule is 5 to 95 mol%, or 20 to 90 mol%, or 30 to 85 mol%, 20 to 80 mol%, or 50 to 50 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferable to contain in the ratio of 85 mol%.
  • the first and second specific polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention have a structure having a photo-alignment property represented by the above formula (pa-1) in the molecule, preferably in the side chain. Have.
  • the structure of the portion having photo-alignment property the above structure, the vertical alignment control ability can be stably maintained for a long time even when exposed to external stress such as heat.
  • it since it has high sensitivity to light, it is preferable from the viewpoint of simplifying the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal alignment film because it can exhibit alignment control ability even when irradiated with polarized UV light at a low exposure amount.
  • the site having photo-alignment property represented by the above formula (pa-1) in the molecule can be represented, for example, by the following formula (b-1).
  • the site include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (b-1-m), but are not limited thereto.
  • I b is a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula (pa-1).
  • A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (this is Optionally substituted with one cyano group or one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, , 5-furanylene, 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, 2 R 3 is a single bond, oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a carbon number of 1 Contains up to 40 linear or branched alkyl or alicyclic groups A monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, D represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or
  • S b represents a spacer unit, and the left connector of S b is optional in the main chain of the first and second specific polymers. It shows that it couple
  • S b can be represented for example by the structure of the following formula (Sp).
  • the left bond of W 1 represents the bond to M d
  • the right bond of W 3 represents the bond to I b
  • W 1 , W 2 and W 3 each independently represent a single bond, a divalent heterocyclic ring, — (CH 2 ) n — (wherein n represents 1 to 20), —OCH 2 —, — CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CF ⁇ CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C ⁇ C— is represented.
  • one or more of the non-adjacent CH 2 groups in these substituents are independently —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —Si (CH 3 ) 2 —. O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —NR—, —NR—CO—, —CO—NR—, —NR—CO—O—, —OCO—NR—, —NR—CO—NR—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C— or —O—CO—O— (wherein R independently represents hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) Rukoto can, A 1 and A 2 are each independently a group selected from a single bond, a divalent alkyl group, a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group. Each group may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluor
  • M c represents a second polymerizable group.
  • the second polymerizable group include (meth) acrylate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, radical polymerizable groups of (meth) acrylamide and derivatives thereof, and siloxane. Can be mentioned. (Meth) acrylate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide and acrylamide are preferred.
  • r 2 is an integer satisfying 1 ⁇ r 2 ⁇ 3.
  • M d represents a single bond, a (r 2 +1) -valent heterocyclic ring, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a (r 2 +1) -valent aromatic.
  • Group a group selected from (r 2 +1) -valent alicyclic group, each group is unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms are fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, methyl group or methoxy group It may be substituted by a group.
  • Examples of the aromatic group in A 1 , A 2 and M d include aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as benzene, biphenyl and naphthalene.
  • Examples of the alicyclic group in A 1 , A 2, and M d include alicyclic hydrocarbons having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclohexane and bicyclohexane.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic ring in A 1 , A 2 and M d include nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings such as pyridine, piperidine and piperazine.
  • Examples of the alkyl group for A 1 and A 2 include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the structure of (b-1) is represented by the group represented by (pa-1) above or the following (pa-1-a):
  • the groups represented can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the site include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (pa-1-ma), but are not limited thereto.
  • M c , M d , and S b have the same definitions as described above.
  • Z is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • X a and X b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group.
  • R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • R 4 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group.
  • R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, preferably a methyl group, a methoxy group or a fluorine atom.
  • a is an integer of 0 to 3
  • b is an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of S b is used as the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • divalent aromatic group S b for example 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6 A fluoro-1,4-phenylene group can be exemplified.
  • examples divalent alicyclic group S b for example trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, trans - trans-1,4-Bishikuroheki Examples include silene.
  • Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for S b include 1,4-pyridylene group, 2,5-pyridylene group, 1,4-furylene group, 1,4-piperazine group, 1,4-piperidine group, and the like. be able to.
  • S b is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic group for R 2 include 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6-tetra Examples thereof include a fluoro-1,4-phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • Examples of the divalent alicyclic group for R 2 include trans 1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene, and the like.
  • Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for R 2 include 1,4-pyridylene group, 2,5-pyridylene group, 1,4-furylene group, 1,4-piperazine group, 1,4-piperidine group, and the like. be able to.
  • R 2 is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group, trans 1,4-cyclohexylene, or trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene.
  • Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms of R 4 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a part of hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group. Or all may be substituted by the fluorine atom.
  • alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n -Nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-lauryl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tridecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-pentadecyl group, n-hexadecyl group, n-heptadecyl group, n-octadecyl group, n -Nonadecyl group, n-eicosyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group, 4,4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentyl, 4,4,5,5,6,6,6-heptafluoro Hexyl group, 3,
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including the alicyclic group of R 4 include a cholestenyl group, a cholestanyl group, an adamantyl group, the following formula (Alc-1) or (Alc-2) (wherein R 7 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and * represents a bonding position. .
  • Examples of the monomer represented by the formula (pa-1-ma) include, but are not limited to, structures represented by the formulas (paa-1-ma1) to (paa-1-ma18).
  • E represents E-form
  • t represents that the cyclohexyl group is trans.
  • photoreactive site contained in the polymer of the present invention may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the photoreactive site is contained in a proportion of 5 to 94 mol%, 10 to 80 mol%, or 15 to 70 mol%, 10 to 50 mol%, or 15 to 50 mol% of the first specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferred that Alternatively, the photoreactive site is 5 to 95 mol%, 10 to 80 mol%, or 15 to 70 mol%, or 15 to 60 mol%, or 15 to 50 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferable to contain by a ratio.
  • the first specific polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a site having a thermally crosslinkable group, that is, an oxetanyl group (1,2-epoxy structure), an oxiranyl group (1,3- An epoxy structure), a group represented by the following formula (3), a group represented by the following formula (4), a group represented by the following formula (5) and a thiirane group. It has a part to have.
  • the first specific polymer is represented by an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the following formula (3), a group represented by the following formula (4), and the following formula (5) in the molecule. And at least one functional group selected from a thiirane group in the side chain.
  • * represents a bond.
  • the site having the thermally crosslinkable group (A-3) can form a crosslinking reaction with the amino group, the hydroxyl group, or the carboxyl group, which are the polar groups, and the above (The liquid crystal alignment ability of the portion having the photo-alignment property A-2) is stabilized, and a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent pretilt angle expression ability can be obtained.
  • the site having a thermally crosslinkable group can be represented by, for example, the following formula (c-1).
  • Examples of the site include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (c-1-m).
  • I c represents an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the above formula (3), or a group represented by the above formula (4) in the molecule. And a monovalent organic group selected from the group represented by the above formula (5) and a thiirane group. Sc represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • M e represents the third polymerizable groups.
  • Examples of the third polymerizable group include radical polymerizable groups of the following formulas (M c -1) to (M c -2), ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, maleimide, norbornene and derivatives thereof, and siloxane. it can.
  • Rc represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and * represents a bonding position.
  • Me is preferably a formula (M c -1) to (M c -2), ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone maleimide.
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently a single bond, an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms, or an arylene having 6 to 20 (preferably 6 to 14) carbon atoms.
  • Group, an alkyleneoxyarylene group, and any carbon-carbon bond of the alkanediyl group may have an —O— bond or an —S— bond, and (* A) is bonded to a carbon atom having an unsaturated bond. (* B) indicates that it is a bond that bonds to Ia1 .
  • alkanediyl group examples include methylene group, ethylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, Propane-2,2-diyl group, butane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5 -Diyl group, hexane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1,6-diyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a biphenylene group, and an anthrylene group.
  • Examples of the alkyleneoxyarylene group include an ethyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxybiphenyl group, and the like.
  • the divalent linking group for S a alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1-6), an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 ⁇ 14), (* A) A —COO—R 7 — (* B) group is preferred, and R 7 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
  • formula (c-1-m) having an oxiranyl group include, for example, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, 2-methylglycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl ⁇ -ethyl acrylate, ⁇ -n-propyl.
  • glycidyl methacrylate, 2-methylglycidyl methacrylate, -6,7-epoxyheptyl methacrylate, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 3, methacrylate 4-Epoxycyclohexyl is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the copolymerization reactivity and the orientation of the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • formula (c-1-m) having an oxetanyl group include, for example, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) oxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -2-methyloxetane, and 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -3.
  • X represents O (CH 2 ) n , S (CH 2 ) n , or (CH 2 ) n , and n represents an integer of 0 to 6.
  • Y represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • part which has a heat crosslinkable group contained in the polymer of this invention may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the introduction amount of the site having a thermally crosslinkable group is 1 to 40 mol%, or 1 to 30 mol%, or 5 to 30 mol%, or 2 to 30 mol%, or 5 of the first specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferably ⁇ 25 mol%.
  • the component (B) used in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the second aspect of the present invention is a group selected from the group consisting of two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule. It is a compound which has this. With such a configuration, an epoxy group or a thiirane group can be unevenly distributed in the upper layer portion of the liquid crystal alignment film, and the polar group (A-1) contained in the first and second specific polymers can be obtained.
  • the cross-linking reaction with the amino group or carboxyl group is promoted, and the cross-linking density of the film surface layer component is increased. Therefore, since the anisotropy due to the photoreaction (A-2) is likely to remain (memory) in the film, the liquid crystal alignment ability can be stabilized, and the liquid crystal excellent in liquid crystal alignment and pretilt angle expression ability. An alignment film can be obtained.
  • the compound having two or more epoxy groups or thiirane groups in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more epoxy groups or thiirane groups at the molecular ends.
  • Examples of the compound having two or more epoxy groups at the molecular terminal include an epoxy compound having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule and an epoxy compound having no nitrogen compound in the molecule. .
  • Specific examples of the epoxy compound having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule include epoxy compounds having a structure represented by the following formulas (Ep-1) to (Ep-11) and aliphatic diamines. Examples thereof include an epoxy compound containing a nitrogen atom as a nucleus.
  • epoxy compounds having a structure represented by (Ep-4) to (Ep-9), epoxy compounds containing nitrogen atoms having an aliphatic diamine as a parent nucleus, and the like are preferable.
  • X represents a single bond, an aliphatic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group
  • Y represents a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, an ethylidene group, an isopropylidene group, a vinylene group, a vinylidene group, or an oxy group.
  • An imino group, a thio group, or a sulfonyl group, R 1 to R 3 represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and j represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • a compound in which the tertiary nitrogen atom is bonded to at least one of an aliphatic group or an alicyclic group can shorten the firing time. It is suitable.
  • epoxy compound having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule include N, N-diglycidylaniline, N, N-diglycidyltoluidine, N, N-diglycidylcyclohexylamine, N, N -Diglycidylmethylcyclohexylamine, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-p-phenylenediamine, N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-phenylenediamine, N, N, N ', N′-tetraglycidyl-o-phenylenediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-3,4′- Diaminodiphenylmethane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl
  • epoxy compounds having no nitrogen compound in the molecule include trade names “Epicoat 828”, “Epicoat 834”, “Epicoat 1001”, “Epicoat 1004” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.
  • Bisphenol A type epoxy compounds such as “Epicron 840”, “Epicron 850”, “Epicron 1050”, “Epicron 2055” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Epicron EXA1514 Bisphenol fluorene type epoxy compounds such as “BPFG” manufactured by Osaka Gas Co., Ltd., “YL-6056”, “YL-6021”, “YX-4000”, “YX-4000H” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, etc.
  • Epicron N-690 “Epicron N-695”, “Epicron N-730”, “Epicron N-770”, “Epicron N-865”, trade names “Epototo YDCN” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Brominated bisphenol A type epoxy compounds such as “Epototo YDB-500”; Naphthalene skeletons such as trade names “ESN-190” and “ESN-360” manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., trade names “HP-4032”, “EXA-4700”, “EXA-4750” manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.
  • the compound having two or more thiirane groups at the molecular end can be obtained, for example, by converting the epoxy group of the epoxy compound having the epoxy group into a thiirane group.
  • a solution containing an epoxy compound having an epoxy group is continuously or intermittently added to a first solution containing a sulfurizing agent, and then a second solution containing a sulfurizing agent is added.
  • the method of further adding continuously or intermittently is preferable.
  • the epoxy group can be converted into a thiirane group.
  • sulfurizing agent examples include thiocyanates, thioureas, phosphine sulfide, dimethylthioformamide, N-methylbenzothiazole-2-thione, and the like.
  • examples of the thiocyanates include sodium thiocyanate, potassium thiocyanate, and sodium thiocyanate.
  • the compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups at the molecular end is not particularly limited as long as the compound has a hydroxyalkylamide group, but from the viewpoint of availability, the following formula
  • the compound represented by (2) is one of preferred examples.
  • X 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an n-valent organic group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group
  • n is an integer of 2 to 6
  • R 2 and R 3 are Each independently a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 2 and At least one of R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • atoms directly attached to the carbonyl group in X 2 in Formula (2) it is preferable from the viewpoint of the liquid crystal orientation is a carbon atom, which do not form an aromatic ring.
  • X 2 in the formula (2) is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of liquid crystal alignment and solubility as described above, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 2 to 6, and n is preferably 2 to 4 from the viewpoint of solubility.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms 2 to 4 alkynyl groups, at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group substituted by a hydroxy group.
  • at least one of R 2 and R 3 is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (3a) from the viewpoint of reactivity, and more preferably a structure represented by the following formula (4a). .
  • R 4 to R 7 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • Specific examples of the compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups at the molecular ends include the following compounds.
  • the addition amount of the compound having a hydroxyalkylamide group is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the polymer of component (A).
  • Examples of the compound having two or more benzyl alcohol groups at the molecular ends include those having a benzyl alcohol group in which a hydroxyl group is bonded to an aromatic ring with a methyl group in between.
  • at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula [1] and a compound represented by the formula [2] is preferable.
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic ring. Any hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a vinyl group.
  • Z 1 is a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be bonded to form a cyclic structure by a single bond or all or a part thereof, and any hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. Or —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, or a group represented by the formula [3].
  • t 1 is an integer of 2 to 4
  • t 2 and t 3 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3
  • a and b are each independently an integer of 1 to 3.
  • P 1 and P 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and Q 1 represents an aromatic ring.
  • benzene ring naphthalene ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, azulene ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenalene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine Ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, purine ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, pyrazolidine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, thionoline ring, phenanthroline Ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, benzothiazole
  • more preferable aromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazine. Ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, acridine ring and the like. More preferred are a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring and a carbazole ring, and most preferred are a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
  • the hydrogen atoms of these aromatic rings may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a vinyl group.
  • T 2 and t 3 in the formula [2] are more preferably integers of 1 or 2.
  • a and b are more preferably 1 or 2.
  • Z 1 in the formula [2] is a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be bonded to all or part of it to form a cyclic structure. Any hydrogen atom that it has may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Z 1 examples include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a combination of an alkylene group and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and 1 carbon atom. ⁇ 10 groups.
  • a group in which any hydrogen atom of the above-described group is substituted with a fluorine atom is exemplified.
  • Q 1 in the formula [3] is an aromatic ring, and specific examples thereof include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, azulene ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenalene ring, pyrrole.
  • more preferable aromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazine. Ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, acridine ring and the like. More preferably, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring, a carbazole ring, a fluorene ring, etc. are mentioned.
  • Examples of the compound having two or more benzyl alcohol groups at the molecular end include compounds [P1] to [P45], but are not limited thereto.
  • the compound having two or more benzyl alcohol groups at the molecular end is preferably a compound represented by [P13], [P15], [P18], [P20], [P26], among them, [P13],
  • the compounds represented by [P18] and [P20] are more preferable.
  • component (B) used is preferably 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, more preferably 100 parts by weight of the first and / or second specific polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Is 0.5 to 20 parts by mass.
  • (B) component may be used individually by 1 type of compound, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type of compound.
  • the solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention will not be specifically limited if it is a solvent which dissolves the 1st and 2nd specific polymer.
  • Specific examples include water, N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylcaprolactam.
  • Tetramethylurea 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazo Dialkylimidazolidinones such as ridinone, lactones such as ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone and ⁇ -valerolactone, carbonates such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 3-methyl- 3-methoxybutanol, ethyl Ketones such as milketone, methylnonylketone, methylethylketone, isoamylmethylketone, methylisopropylketone, diisobutylketone, cyclohexanone, methylisobutylketone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, represented by the following formula (
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • X 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO—
  • X2 is a single bond or a carbonyl group
  • R 1 is an alkanediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • n 1 is an integer of 1 to 3.
  • Z 1 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 and Y 2 include, for example, a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Examples thereof include a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group and a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkanediyl group of R 1 may be linear or branched.
  • examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of Z 1 include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of Y 3 and Y 4 include a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the solvent represented by the formula (Sv-1) include, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ( Butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ether acetate, die Lenglycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl
  • the solvent preferably has a boiling point of 80 to 200 ° C. More preferably, it is 80 ° C. to 180 ° C., and preferred solvents include N, N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, propanol, isopropanol, 3-methyl-3-methoxy.
  • the first and second specific polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention are (A-1) a monomer having at least one functional group selected from a carboxyl group, an amino group and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (A-1). And (b) a monomer having a photo-alignment site and (c) a monomer having a thermally crosslinkable group for the first specific polymer. Moreover, it can copolymerize with other monomers other than the above. Examples of other monomers include industrially available monomers capable of radical polymerization reaction.
  • monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds and vinyl compounds, N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl ( Examples thereof include monomers containing acrylamide compounds such as (meth) acrylamide and acrylamide, nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic groups and polymerizable groups.
  • acrylic ester compound examples include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl.
  • methacrylic acid ester compound examples include alkyl group-containing methacrylates such as methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate, octadecyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2 , 2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 3-methoxybutyl Methacrylate, 2-methyl 2-adamantyl methacrylate, 2-methyl
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring is a structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas [Na] to [Nb] (wherein Z 2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) It may be an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least 1, preferably 1 to 4.
  • the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom.
  • a pyridine ring can be mentioned.
  • Examples of monomers having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group and a polymerizable group include 2- (2-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (3-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (4-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • the acrylamide compound As the acrylamide compound, the above-mentioned N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, Other than N-butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide and acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-methylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-diethylacrylamide, N-methylmethacrylamide, N, N-dimethylmethacrylamide, N , N-diethylmethacrylamide, and the like.
  • the content of the other monomer is 0 to 60 mol%, 0 to 40 mol%, or 1 to 40 mol%, or 5 to 40 mol%, 60 to 99 mol% of the first specific polymer (component (A)), or It is preferably contained in 60 to 95 mol%, 60 to 99 mol%, or 60 to 95 mol%, 0 to 20 mol%, or 1 to 20 mol%, or 5 to 20 mol%.
  • the total of the part having a polar group in the molecule, the photoreactive part, and the part having thermal crosslinkability is 40 to 100 mol%, 60 to 100 mol% of the first specific polymer (A) component. 80 to 100 mol%, or 80 to 99 mol%, or 80 to 95 mol% is preferable.
  • the content of other monomers is preferably 0 to 60 mol%, 0 to 40 mol%, 1 to 40 mol%, or 5 to 40 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)).
  • the total of the site having a polar group in the molecule and the photoreactive site is 40 to 100 mol%, 60 to 100 mol%, or 60 to 99 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)). %, Or 60 to 95 mol% is preferable.
  • the method for producing the first and second specific polymers in the present invention is not particularly limited, and a general-purpose method handled industrially can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization, or anionic polymerization using the vinyl group of the monomer. Among these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of ease of reaction control.
  • a polymerization initiator for radical polymerization a known compound such as a radical polymerization initiator or a reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization reagent can be used.
  • RAFT reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer
  • the radical thermal polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heating to a decomposition temperature or higher.
  • radical thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides (methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, etc.), diacyl peroxides (acetyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, etc.), hydroperoxides (peroxidation).
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation.
  • examples of such radical photopolymerization initiators include known compounds such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and isopropylxanthone. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and an emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
  • the solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the first and second specific polymers is not particularly limited as long as the produced polymer is soluble.
  • Specific examples include the above solvents, for example, N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones, dialkylimidazolidinones, lactones, carbonates, ketones, compounds represented by the above formula (Sv-1) and the above formulas.
  • Examples include compounds represented by (Sv-2), tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dimethyl sulfone, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethyl sulfoxide, and the like. These solvents may be used alone or in combination.
  • the polymerization temperature at the time of radical polymerization can be arbitrarily selected from 30 to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but the monomer concentration is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
  • the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is decreased when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, and the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is increased when the ratio is small, the ratio of the radical initiator is
  • the content is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol% with respect to the monomer to be polymerized. Further, various monomer components, solvents, initiators and the like can be added during the polymerization.
  • the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced.
  • the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer of the present invention is the weight average molecular weight measured by the GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method, in consideration of the strength of the obtained coating film, the workability at the time of coating film formation, and the uniformity of the coating film. 2000 to 1000000 is preferable, and 5000 to 100,000 is more preferable.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent (namely, polymer composition) used for this invention is prepared as a coating liquid so that it may become suitable for formation of a liquid crystal aligning film.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent.
  • the resin component is the first and second specific polymers (component (A)) already described.
  • the content of the first specific polymer is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, still more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, particularly with respect to the entire liquid crystal aligning agent.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 10% by mass.
  • the content of the second specific polymer is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 10% by mass with respect to the entire liquid crystal aligning agent. Is good.
  • the above-described resin component has a part having the polar group described above, a part having photoalignment, and a thermally crosslinkable group in the case of the first specific polymer.
  • other polymers hereinafter, also referred to as “other polymers”.
  • the content of the other polymer in the resin component may be 5 to 95 parts by mass, or 10 to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the component (A) and the other polymer. .
  • Such other polymer is composed of, for example, poly (meth) acrylate, polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester, polyimide, etc., and when the present invention uses one specific polymer, the first specific polymer has (A-1) to (A-3) sites, and when the present invention uses the second specific polymer, the (A-1) to (A-2) sites of the second specific polymer, In the case of the first specific polymer, only one and two sites selected from (A-1) to (A-3) are used, and in the case of the second specific polymer, Examples thereof include polymers having only one of (A-1) to (A-2).
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention may contain other components other than the said characteristic polymer component.
  • Such other components are selected from the group consisting of component (B) used in the second embodiment, that is, two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule.
  • component (B) used in the second embodiment that is, two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule.
  • ⁇ Crosslinking agent component > 1.
  • the compound containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule.
  • the component (B) used in the second aspect may be included.
  • crosslinkable compounds compounds having an isocyanate group, an oxetane group, or a cyclocarbonate group described in paragraphs [0109] to [0113] of International Publication WO2016 / 047771, or a hydroxy group
  • a compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyalkyl group and a lower alkoxyalkyl group a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the blocked isocyanate compound include Coronate AP Stable M, Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-846N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Coronate AP Stable M Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555
  • Millionate MS-50 manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-846N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.
  • Component (B) or the amount of these crosslinking agent components used is 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. Part, more preferably 1 part by weight to 20 parts by weight.
  • Examples of the compound that improves film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
  • fluorine-based surfactants silicone-based surfactants
  • nonionic surfactants include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
  • Ftop registered trademark
  • EF303 EF352
  • MegaFac registered trademark
  • F171, F173, R-30 manufactured by DIC
  • Florard FC430, FC431 Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.
  • Asahi Guard registered trademark
  • Surflon registered trademark
  • SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to
  • Specific examples of the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds.
  • a photosensitizer can be used as an additive in order to improve the photoreactivity of the photoalignable group.
  • Specific examples include aromatic 2-hydroxyketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonyl biscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may be applied to a substrate and baked, and then subjected to an alignment treatment by rubbing treatment, light irradiation, or the like, or may be used as a liquid crystal alignment film without an alignment treatment in some vertical alignment applications. it can.
  • substrates include glass such as float glass and soda glass; polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyethersulfone, polycarbonate, poly (cycloaliphatic olefin), polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, and polyether ether.
  • a transparent substrate made of a plastic such as a ketone (PEEK) resin film, polysulfone (PSF), polyethersulfone (PES), polyamide, polyimide, acrylic, and triacetyl cellulose can be used.
  • a NESA film registered trademark of US PPG
  • tin oxide SnO 2
  • ITO film indium oxide-tin oxide
  • the application method of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, but there are screen printing, flexographic printing, offset printing, inkjet, dip coating, roll coating, slit coating, spin coating, etc., and these may be used depending on the purpose. Good.
  • the solvent can be evaporated by a heating means such as a hot plate to form a coating film.
  • Firing after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent can be performed at an arbitrary temperature of 40 to 300 ° C., preferably 40 to 250 ° C., more preferably 40 to 230 ° C.
  • a transparent substrate made of a plastic substrate is used, it is preferably 40 to 150 ° C., more preferably 80 to 140 ° C.
  • the firing time is preferably 0.1 to 15 minutes, more preferably 1 to 10 minutes.
  • the film thickness of the coating film formed on the substrate is preferably 5 to 1,000 nm, more preferably 10 to 500 nm or 10 to 300 nm.
  • This baking can be performed with a hot plate, a hot-air circulating furnace, an infrared furnace, or the like.
  • rayon cloth, nylon cloth, cotton cloth or the like can be used.
  • alignment treatment by light irradiation may be performed, for example, a step of applying the liquid crystal aligning agent on a substrate to form a coating film, and the coating film is not in contact with the liquid crystal layer or A step of irradiating the coating film with light in contact with the liquid crystal layer.
  • Examples of the light irradiated in the alignment treatment by light irradiation include ultraviolet light and visible light including light having a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm. Of these, ultraviolet rays containing light having a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm are preferable. Irradiation light may be polarized or non-polarized. As the polarized light, it is preferable to use light including linearly polarized light.
  • the light irradiation may be performed from a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface, an oblique direction, or a combination thereof.
  • the light irradiation non-polarized light it is preferably performed from a direction oblique to the substrate surface.
  • the dose of light is preferably set to 0.1 mJ / cm 2 or more 1,000 mJ / cm less than 2, more preferably, to 1 ⁇ 500 mJ / cm 2, be 2 ⁇ 200 mJ / cm 2 further preferable.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be produced by a usual method, and the production method is not particularly limited.
  • the pair of substrates are opposed to each other with an appropriate gap, and a spacer is disposed between the substrates for the purpose of uniforming the thickness of the liquid crystal sandwiched between the substrates.
  • a spacer a known spacer material such as a conventional scattering type spacer or a spacer formed from a photosensitive spacer forming composition can be used, and irregularities formed in a layer made of a liquid crystal cured product can be used. It can also be used as a spacer.
  • ⁇ Liquid crystal sandwiching process> For example, the following two methods can be used to form a liquid crystal cell by sandwiching liquid crystal between substrates.
  • a pair of substrates are arranged to face each other through a gap (cell gap) so that the liquid crystal alignment films face each other, and the peripheral portions of the pair of substrates are bonded together using a sealant, and the substrate surface and
  • a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be mentioned by injecting and filling liquid crystal into a cell gap partitioned by an appropriate sealing agent, and then sealing the injection hole.
  • an ultraviolet light curable sealing material is applied to a predetermined location on one of the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and further, a predetermined number of locations on the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film. After the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal, the other substrate is bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces, and the liquid crystal is spread over the entire surface of the substrate.
  • ODF One Drop Fill
  • the liquid crystal As the liquid crystal, a fluorine-based liquid crystal or a cyano-based liquid crystal having positive or negative dielectric anisotropy depending on the use, or a liquid crystal compound or liquid crystal composition that is polymerized by at least one treatment of heating and light irradiation ( Hereinafter, a polymerizable liquid crystal or a curable liquid crystal composition) may be used.
  • the process of forming the coating film of the said liquid crystal aligning agent may be performed by a roll-to-roll system. When performed by the roll-to-roll method, the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element can be simplified, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced. And a liquid crystal display element can be obtained by sticking a polarizing plate on both outer sides of the liquid crystal cell.
  • the polarizing plate used outside the liquid crystal cell is composed of a polarizing film called “H film” in which polyvinyl alcohol is stretched and oriented while absorbing iodine and sandwiched between cellulose acetate protective films, or the H film itself.
  • a polarizing plate etc. can be mentioned.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has good liquid crystal alignment properties, excellent pretilt angle expression ability, and high reliability.
  • the liquid crystal display element manufactured by the method of the present invention has excellent display characteristics.
  • Monomers represented by “MA-1” and “MA-2” as monomers having a photo-alignment group used in the examples are monomers having a polar group (hereinafter referred to as “photo-alignment monomer”).
  • photo-alignment monomer a monomer represented by “MAA” or “VBA”
  • a monomer represented by “GMA” as a monomer having a crosslinkable group hereinafter referred to as “crosslinkable monomer”
  • crosslinkable monomer a compound of component (B) (hereinafter referred to as “crosslinker component”).
  • crosslinker component The structures of the compounds represented by “YH-434-L” are shown below.
  • MA-2 was synthesized by the synthesis method described in Synthesis Example 1 below. “MAA (methacrylic acid)”, “VBA (vinyl benzoic acid)”, “MMA”, “C18”, “TETRAD-C” and “YH-434-L” use commercially available reagents It was. (Photo-alignment monomer)
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • C12 dodecyl methacrylate
  • C18 octadecyl methacrylate
  • MOI-BP 2-[(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl) carbonylamino] ethyl methacrylate
  • TETRAD-C 1,3-bis (N, N′-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane
  • YH-434-L N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane
  • Primid ⁇ -hydroxyalkylamide represented by the formula (Primid)
  • FT-NMR Fourier transform type superconducting nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus
  • INOVA-400 manufactured by Varian 400 MHz.
  • Solvent deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ) or deuterated N, N-dimethyl sulfoxide ([D 6 ] -DMSO).
  • Standard substance Tetramethylsilane (TMS).
  • the reaction solution was filtered to remove insoluble matters, and the filtrate was poured into pure water (3.8 L) and neutralized with 12N-HCl aqueous solution. After neutralization, ethyl acetate (2.5 L) was poured and extracted. To the extracted organic layer, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, dehydrated and dried, and anhydrous magnesium sulfate was filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the crude product was repulped with cold methanol (180 g) to obtain 144.0 g of [MA-1-1] (white solid) (yield) 82%).
  • the reaction solution was filtered to remove insoluble matters, and the filtrate was poured into pure water (3.8 L) and neutralized with 12N-HCl aqueous solution. After neutralization, ethyl acetate (2.5 L) was poured and extracted. To the extracted organic layer, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, dehydrated and dried, and anhydrous magnesium sulfate was filtered. The solvent of the obtained filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and the crude product was repulped with cold methanol (190 g) to obtain 137.0 g of [MA-2-1] (white solid) (yield) 79%).
  • the molecular weight of the polymer in the synthesis example was measured as follows using a room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) apparatus (SSC-7200, Shodex column (KD-803, KD-805) manufactured by Senshu Scientific.
  • GPC room temperature gel permeation chromatography
  • Example A1 CHN (5.5 g), PGME (5.5 g) and TETRAD-C (0.03 g) are added to 4.0 g of the polymer solution (MP-1) obtained in methacrylate polymer synthesis example A1, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature. As a result, a liquid crystal aligning agent (PM-A1) was obtained.
  • Comparative Example A1 Liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-A2) to (PM-A23) and (PM-A24) to (PM-A40) were obtained with the compositions shown in Table 2 in the same manner as in Example A1. In the same manner, a liquid crystal aligning agent (RPM-A1) of Comparative Example A1 was also prepared.
  • liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-A1) to (PM-A40) obtained in the examples and the liquid crystal aligning agent (RPM-A1) obtained in the comparative example were pressure filtered through a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 ⁇ m. .
  • the obtained solution is spin-coated on the ITO surface of a glass substrate with a transparent electrode made of an ITO film, dried on a hot plate at 50 ° C. for 120 seconds, and then baked for 2 minutes or 20 minutes on a hot plate at 120 ° C.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film having a thickness of 100 nm was formed.
  • a 313 nm linearly polarized ultraviolet ray having an irradiation intensity of 4.3 mW / cm 2 is irradiated onto the coating surface through a polarizing plate by 50 mJ / cm 2 from an angle inclined by 40 ° from the normal direction of the substrate, and a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film Got.
  • the linearly polarized ultraviolet light was prepared by passing a 313 nm band-pass filter through the ultraviolet light of a high-pressure mercury lamp and then passing it through a 313 nm polarizing plate.
  • the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal cell was measured by the Mueller matrix method using AxoScan made by AxoMetrix. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
  • methacrylate polymer powder The number average molecular weight of this polymer was 43600, and the weight average molecular weight was 131200.
  • CHN (9.0 g) and PGME (9.0 g) were added to the obtained methacrylate polymer powder (1.5 g), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 5 hours to obtain a polymer (PB9) solution.
  • Example B1 By adding CHN (5.5 g), PGME (5.5 g) and TETRAD-C (0.02 g) to 4.0 g of the polymer solution (PB1) obtained in methacrylate polymer synthesis example B1, the mixture was stirred at room temperature. A liquid crystal aligning agent (PM-B1) was obtained.
  • liquid crystal display element ⁇ Production of liquid crystal display element>
  • the liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-A1) to (PM-A36) obtained in the examples and the liquid crystal aligning agent (RPM-A1) obtained in the comparative examples the liquid crystal aligning agent (PM-B1) Using (PM-B34) and the liquid crystal aligning agents (RPM-B1) to (RPM-B2) obtained in Comparative Examples, liquid crystal display elements were produced in the same manner as described above.
  • Table 8 shows the evaluation results of evaluating the liquid crystal orientation and the pretilt angle.
  • Example B1 and Comparative Example B1 a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention by introducing a crosslinking agent component is short.
  • the pretilt angle was developed even after firing for a period of time.
  • Example B1 and Comparative Example B2 a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from a liquid crystal aligning agent not containing a polar group in the molecule cannot obtain liquid crystal alignment.
  • the liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the invention had good liquid crystal alignment and also exhibited a pretilt angle.
  • a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display element.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides: a liquid crystal alignment film which exhibits good liquid crystal aligning properties even if the firing time thereof is shortened, while achieving excellent pretilt angle imparting ability and high reliability; and a liquid crystal aligning agent. The present invention provides: a liquid crystal aligning agent which contains a solvent and a component (A) that is a polymer having structures (A-1) and (A-2), and wherein the polymer additionally has a structure (A-3) that has at least one functional group selected from among an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by formula (3), a group represented by formula (4), a group represented by formula (5) and a thiirane group; and/or the liquid crystal aligning agent which additionally contains a component (B) other than the component (A), and wherein the component (B) is a compound that has two or more groups in each molecule, said groups being selected from the group consisting of an epoxy group, a thiirane group, a hydroxyalkylamide group, and a benzyl alcohol group. (A-1) A structure that has at least one functional group in each molecule, said functional group being selected from among a carboxyl group, an amino group and a hydroxyl group. (A-2) A structure that is represented by formula (pa-1) (wherein the symbols are as defined in the description).

Description

液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜、及び液晶表示素子Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
 本発明は、液晶配向剤、これにより得られる液晶配向膜、及び得られた液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子に関する。さらに詳しくは、焼成温度が低く焼成時間を短い場合においても、液晶配向性が良好であり、プレチルト角発現能にも優れ、且つ高い信頼性が得られる液晶配向膜を与えることのできる液晶配向剤および表示品位に優れる液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained thereby, and a liquid crystal display element comprising the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. More specifically, even when the firing temperature is low and the firing time is short, the liquid crystal aligning agent can provide a liquid crystal aligning film that has good liquid crystal orientation, excellent pretilt angle development ability, and high reliability. And a liquid crystal display element having excellent display quality.
 液晶表示素子において、液晶配向膜は液晶を一定の方向に配向させるという役割を担っている。現在、工業的に使用されている主な液晶配向膜は、ポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミド酸(ポリアミック酸ともいわれる)、ポリアミック酸エステルや、ポリイミドの溶液からなるポリイミド系の液晶配向剤を、基板に塗布し成膜することで作製される。
 また、基板面に対して液晶を平行配向又は傾斜配向させる場合は、成膜した後、更にラビングによる表面延伸処理が行われている。
In the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment film plays a role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction. Currently, the main liquid crystal alignment film used industrially is a polyimide precursor (polyamic acid), a polyamic acid ester, or a polyimide-based liquid crystal aligning agent made of a polyimide solution. It is produced by applying and forming a film.
When the liquid crystal is aligned in parallel or inclined with respect to the substrate surface, a surface stretching process is further performed by rubbing after film formation.
 一方、基板に対して垂直に液晶を配向させる場合(垂直配向(VA)方式と呼ばれる)は、長鎖アルキルや環状基又は環状基とアルキル基の組み合わせ(例えば特許文献1参照)、ステロイド骨格(例えば特許文献2参照)などの疎水性基をポリイミドの側鎖に導入した液晶配向膜が用いられている。この場合、基板間に電圧を印加して液晶分子が基板に平行な方向に向かって傾く際に、液晶分子が基板法線方向から基板面内の一方向に向かって傾くようにする必要がある。このための手段として、例えば、基板上に突起を設ける方法、表示用電極にスリットを設ける方法、ラビングにより液晶分子を基板法線方向から基板面内の一方向に向けてわずかに傾けておく(プレチルトさせる)方法、さらには、あらかじめ液晶組成物中に光重合性化合物を添加し、ポリイミド等の垂直配向膜と共に用いて、液晶セルに電圧を印加しながら紫外線を照射することで、液晶をプレチルトさせる方法(例えば、特許文献3参照)などが提案されている。 On the other hand, when the liquid crystal is aligned perpendicularly to the substrate (referred to as a vertical alignment (VA) method), a long chain alkyl, a cyclic group, or a combination of a cyclic group and an alkyl group (see, for example, Patent Document 1), a steroid skeleton ( For example, a liquid crystal alignment film in which a hydrophobic group is introduced into a side chain of polyimide such as Patent Document 2) is used. In this case, when a voltage is applied between the substrates to incline the liquid crystal molecules in a direction parallel to the substrate, the liquid crystal molecules need to be inclined from the substrate normal direction toward one direction in the substrate surface. . As a means for this, for example, a method of providing a protrusion on the substrate, a method of providing a slit in the display electrode, or a liquid crystal molecule is slightly tilted from the normal direction of the substrate toward one direction in the substrate surface by rubbing ( Pretilt method, and also pre-tilt the liquid crystal by adding a photopolymerizable compound to the liquid crystal composition in advance and using it with a vertical alignment film such as polyimide and irradiating ultraviolet rays while applying voltage to the liquid crystal cell The method (for example, refer patent document 3) etc. to make are proposed.
 近年、VA方式の液晶配向制御における突起やスリットの形成、及びPSA技術に代わるものとして偏光紫外線照射等による異方的光化学反応を利用する方法(光配向法)も提案されている。すなわち、光反応性を有する垂直配向性のポリイミド膜に、偏光紫外線照射し、配向規制能およびプレチルト角発現性を付与することにより、電圧印加時の液晶分子の傾き方向を均一に制御できることが知られている(特許文献4参照)。この場合も、従来の配向膜と同様に、耐久性に優れ、液晶のプレチルト角の制御に好適なポリイミド系の液晶配向膜が用いられている。 Recently, as a substitute for the formation of protrusions and slits in the VA liquid crystal alignment control and the PSA technique, a method using an anisotropic photochemical reaction such as irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays (photo-alignment method) has also been proposed. In other words, it is known that the tilt direction of liquid crystal molecules during voltage application can be uniformly controlled by irradiating polarized UV light to a photo-reactive vertical alignment polyimide film and imparting alignment regulating ability and pretilt angle expression. (See Patent Document 4). In this case as well, a polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment film that is excellent in durability and suitable for controlling the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal is used as in the case of conventional alignment films.
 一方、ポリイミド系重合体を用いた液晶配向処理剤の溶媒には、これらポリイミド系重合体の溶媒溶解性が低いため、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMPともいう)などの高極性な溶媒が使用されている。これら高極性な溶媒は、沸点が高く、例えばNMPの沸点は200℃以上である。そのため、NMPを溶媒に用いた液晶配向処理剤を用いて液晶配向膜を作製するためには、液晶配向膜中に残存するNMPを無くすため、NMPの沸点近傍である200℃程度の高い温度での焼成が必要となる。 On the other hand, as a solvent for a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent using a polyimide polymer, a highly polar solvent such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (also referred to as NMP) is used because the solvent solubility of these polyimide polymers is low. in use. These highly polar solvents have high boiling points. For example, NMP has a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher. Therefore, in order to produce a liquid crystal alignment film using a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent using NMP as a solvent, in order to eliminate NMP remaining in the liquid crystal alignment film, at a high temperature of about 200 ° C. near the boiling point of NMP. Need to be fired.
 それに対して、液晶表示素子の基板を、薄くて軽量であるが耐熱性が低いプラスチック基板を用いる場合、液晶配向膜を作製する際の焼成を、より低温で行うことが必要になる。同様に、この焼成温度を低温にすることで、液晶表示素子の製造におけるエネルギーコストを削減することも求められている。 On the other hand, when a plastic substrate that is thin and lightweight but has low heat resistance is used as the substrate of the liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to perform firing at the time of producing the liquid crystal alignment film at a lower temperature. Similarly, it is also required to reduce the energy cost in manufacturing the liquid crystal display element by lowering the baking temperature.
 低温での焼成を行った場合、配向膜材料が充分に硬化しない状態で硬化を終了せざるを得ないといった課題があり、信頼性の高い液晶表示素子を得ることが困難であった(例えば、特許文献5参照)。 When firing at a low temperature, there is a problem that curing must be terminated in a state where the alignment film material is not sufficiently cured, and it has been difficult to obtain a highly reliable liquid crystal display element (for example, (See Patent Document 5).
特開平3-179323号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-179323 特開平4-281427号公報JP-A-4-281427 特許第4504626号公報Japanese Patent No. 4504626 特許第4995267号公報Japanese Patent No. 4996267 特開平7-209633号公報JP-A-7-209633
 発明者らが検討した結果、焼成温度を低くして、且つ、焼成時間を短くして液晶配向膜を作製したところ、上記に加えて液晶配向性が著しく損なわれることが分かった。
 本発明は、焼成時間を短くしても、液晶配向性が良好であり、プレチルト角発現能にも優れ、且つ高い信頼性が得られる液晶配向膜ならびに液晶配向剤を提供することを課題とする。
As a result of investigations by the inventors, it was found that when the liquid crystal alignment film was produced by lowering the baking temperature and shortening the baking time, the liquid crystal alignment property was significantly impaired in addition to the above.
It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal alignment film and a liquid crystal aligning agent that have good liquid crystal orientation, excellent pretilt angle development ability, and high reliability even when the baking time is shortened. .
 本発明者らは、以下の<X>を要旨とする発明を見出した。
 <X> (A)成分: 下記(A-1)及び(A-2)の構造を有する重合体;及び溶媒を含有する液晶配向剤であって、
 上記重合体が、(A-3)オキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、下記式(3)で表される基、下記式(4)で表される基、下記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基から選択される少なくとも1種の官能基を有する構造(以下、「熱架橋性基」とも称する)をさらに有するか;及び/又は
 前記液晶配向剤が上記(A)成分以外の(B)成分をさらに有し、該(B)成分が、分子内に2個以上の、エポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基を含有する化合物である、上記液晶配向剤。
The inventors have found an invention having the following <X> as a gist.
<X> Component (A): a polymer having the following structures (A-1) and (A-2); and a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a solvent,
The polymer is (A-3) an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the following formula (3), a group represented by the following formula (4), a group represented by the following formula (5), and thiirane. A structure having at least one functional group selected from a group (hereinafter also referred to as “thermally crosslinkable group”); and / or the component (B) other than the component (A), wherein the liquid crystal aligning agent is The component (B) is a compound containing two or more groups selected from the group consisting of epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule. Liquid crystal aligning agent.
 (A-1)分子内にカルボキシル基、アミノ基及び水酸基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の官能基を有する構造(以下、「極性基」ともいう)。
 (A-2)下記式(pa-1)で表される構造(以下、「光配向性基」とも称する)。
(A-1) A structure having at least one functional group selected from a carboxyl group, an amino group and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (hereinafter also referred to as “polar group”).
(A-2) A structure represented by the following formula (pa-1) (hereinafter also referred to as “photo-alignable group”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式中、Aは場合によりフッ素、塩素、シアノから選択される基によるか、又は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル残基(これは、場合により1個のシアノ基又は1個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている)で置換されている、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、2,5-チオフェニレン、2,5-フラニレン、1,4-若しくは2,6-ナフチレン又はフェニレンを表し、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、2価の複素環式基または2価の縮合環式基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、Dは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR-(ここで、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキルを表す)を表し、aは0~3の整数であり、*は結合位置を表す。 Wherein A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (this is optionally Substituted with a cyano group or one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furylene, 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, divalent alicyclic A divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a straight chain having 1 to 40 carbon atoms Or a C 3-4 containing a branched alkyl group or alicyclic group A monovalent organic group of 0, D represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R d represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and a represents 0 Is an integer of ˜3, and * represents a bonding position.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 本発明により、焼成時間を短くしても、液晶配向性が良好であり、プレチルト角発現能にも優れ、且つ高い信頼性が得られる液晶配向膜ならびに液晶配向剤を提供できる。
 また、本発明の方法によって製造された液晶表示素子は優れた表示特性を有する。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal alignment film and a liquid crystal aligning agent that have good liquid crystal alignment, excellent pretilt angle development ability, and high reliability even when the baking time is shortened.
Moreover, the liquid crystal display element manufactured by the method of the present invention has excellent display characteristics.
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、(A)成分: 下記(A-1)及び(A-2)の構造を有する重合体;及び溶媒を含有する。
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤は、さらに以下の第1の態様;及び/又は第2の態様を有する。
 即ち、本発明の第1の態様の液晶配向剤は、上記重合体が、(A-3)オキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、上記式(3)で表される基、上記式(4)で表される基、上記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基から選択される少なくとも1種の官能基を有する構造(以下、「熱架橋性基」とも称する)をさらに有する。
 本発明の第2の態様の液晶配向剤は、上記(A)成分以外の(B)成分をさらに有し、該(B)成分が、分子内に2個以上の、エポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基を含有する化合物である。
 (B)成分は、分子内に2個以上の、エポキシ基又はチイラン基を含有する化合物であるか、又は、(B)成分は、分子内に2個以上の、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基を含有する化合物である。
 ここで、「分子内に2個以上」とは、例えばエポキシ基を2個以上など、同種の基を2個以上、分子内に含有する場合の他、例えばエポキシ基とチイラン基という組合せのように、異種であっても、エポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基を2個以上、分子内に含有する場合を含む意である。「分子内に2個以上」は、好ましくは、同種の基を2個以上、分子内に含有するのがよい。
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains (A) component: a polymer having the following structures (A-1) and (A-2); and a solvent.
Moreover, the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention has the following 1st aspects; and / or a 2nd aspect further.
That is, in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the first aspect of the present invention, the polymer is represented by (A-3) an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the above formula (3), or a above formula (4). And a structure having at least one functional group selected from the group represented by the above formula (5) and a thiirane group (hereinafter also referred to as “thermally crosslinkable group”).
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the second aspect of the present invention further has a component (B) other than the component (A), and the component (B) has two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, It is a compound containing a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyalkylamide group and a benzyl alcohol group.
The component (B) is a compound containing two or more epoxy groups or thiirane groups in the molecule, or the component (B) is a compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups and benzyl in the molecule. It is a compound containing a group selected from the group consisting of alcohol groups.
Here, “two or more in a molecule” means, for example, a combination of an epoxy group and a thiirane group, in addition to the case where two or more of the same kind of groups such as two or more epoxy groups are contained in the molecule. In addition, even if they are different from each other, it is intended to include the case where two or more groups selected from the group consisting of epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups are contained in the molecule. “Two or more in a molecule” preferably contains two or more of the same kind of groups in the molecule.
 本発明の第1の態様の液晶配向剤は、上記(A-1)~(A-3)の構造を有する重合体(以下、「第1の特定重合体」とも称する)及び溶媒を含有する。
 また、本発明の第2の態様の液晶配向剤は、上記(A-1)及び(A-2)の構造を有する重合体(以下、「第2の特定重合体」とも称する)、(B)成分及び溶媒を含有する。
 ここで、第1の特定重合体の3つの構造又は第2の特定重合体の2つの構造は、いずれも重合体における側鎖になりうるものであることから、必要に応じて、「側鎖」と言い換えることもできる。
 以下、本発明の各構成要件、特に本発明の第1及び第2の態様、につき詳述する。
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the first aspect of the present invention contains a polymer having the structure of (A-1) to (A-3) (hereinafter also referred to as “first specific polymer”) and a solvent. .
In addition, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the second aspect of the present invention is a polymer having the structures (A-1) and (A-2) (hereinafter also referred to as “second specific polymer”), (B ) Contains components and solvent.
Here, since either of the three structures of the first specific polymer or the two structures of the second specific polymer can be a side chain in the polymer, the “side chain” Can also be rephrased.
Hereinafter, each constituent element of the present invention, particularly the first and second aspects of the present invention, will be described in detail.
<(A)成分:第1の特定重合体>
 本発明の第1の特定重合体は下記式(I)で表される。
<(A) component: 1st specific polymer>
The first specific polymer of the present invention is represented by the following formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式中、S、S、及びSは、それぞれ独立したスペーサー単位を表し、
 Ia1は、後述する式(a-1-m)においてする定義と同義であり、
 Iは、前記式(pa-1)で表される基であり、
 Iは、オキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、前記式(3)で表される基、前記式(4)で表される基、前記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の官能基を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 M、M、M、M、r、rは、後述する式(a-1―m)、式(b-1-m)及び式(c-1-m)においてする定義と同様である。
In the formula, S a , S b , and S c each represent an independent spacer unit;
I a1 has the same definition as in formula (a-1-m) described later,
I b is a group represented by the formula (pa-1),
I c is selected from the group consisting of an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the formula (3), a group represented by the formula (4), a group represented by the formula (5), and a thiirane group. Represents a monovalent organic group having at least one functional group.
M a , M c , M d , M e , r 1 , and r 2 are definitions defined in formula (a-1-m), formula (b-1-m), and formula (c-1-m) described later. It is the same.
 またx、y、zは特に限定はないが、例えば、x、y、zはそれぞれ独立して、0.01以上、0.89以下の値をとることができる。
 なお、式(I)~(II)は、各側鎖ごとがx、y、zの割合で存在することを意味するものであって、重合体において、各側鎖がブロック化したブロック共重合体を意味するものではない。
Further, x, y, and z are not particularly limited, but, for example, x, y, and z can independently take values of 0.01 or more and 0.89 or less.
The formulas (I) to (II) mean that each side chain is present in a ratio of x, y, and z, and in the polymer, a block copolymer in which each side chain is blocked. It does not mean coalescence.
<(A)成分:第2の特定重合体>
 本発明の第2の態様で用いられる第2の特定重合体は下記式(I’)で表される。
<(A) component: 2nd specific polymer>
The second specific polymer used in the second aspect of the present invention is represented by the following formula (I ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
  式(I’)中、S、S、Ia1、I、M、M、M、r、及びrは、上記と同じ定義を有する。
 また、式(I’)中、x、yは特に限定はないが、例えば、x、yはそれぞれ独立して、0.05以上、0.95以下の値をとることができる。
 なお、式(I’)は、各側鎖ごとがx、yの割合で存在することを意味するものであって、重合体において、各側鎖がブロック化したブロック共重合体を意味するものではない。
In formula (I ′), S a , S b , I a1 , I b , M a , M c , M d , r 1 , and r 2 have the same definition as above.
Further, in the formula (I ′), x and y are not particularly limited, but for example, x and y can independently take a value of 0.05 or more and 0.95 or less.
The formula (I ′) means that each side chain exists in a ratio of x and y, and in the polymer means a block copolymer in which each side chain is blocked. is not.
 本発明の液晶配向剤中に含有される第1及び第2の特定重合体は、光に対して感度が高いため、低露光量の偏光紫外線照射においても、配向制御能を発現できる。
 第1の特定重合体は、上記熱架橋性基とアミノ基及び水酸基もしくはカルボキシル基との反応によって、液晶配向剤の焼成時間が短い場合でも第1の特定重合体内での架橋反応が可能となる。これにより、第1の特定重合体の光配向性部位が光反応により異方性を発現した際に、液晶配向膜に異方性が残存(メモリー)しやすくなるため、液晶配向性を高め、且つ液晶のプレチルト角を発現することが可能となる。
 第1及び第2の特定重合体が有するアミノ基、カルボキシル基及び水酸基は、(B)成分が有するエポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基と反応することにより、液晶配向剤の焼成時間が短い場合でも第1及び第2の特定重合体内での架橋反応が可能となる。これにより、第1及び第2の特定重合体の光配向性部位が光反応により異方性を発現した際に、液晶配向膜に異方性が残存(メモリー)しやすくなるため、液晶配向性を高め、且つ液晶のプレチルト角を発現することが可能となる。 
Since the 1st and 2nd specific polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention has a high sensitivity with respect to light, it can express alignment control ability also in polarized-ultraviolet irradiation of a low exposure amount.
The first specific polymer can undergo a cross-linking reaction in the first specific polymer even when the firing time of the liquid crystal aligning agent is short due to the reaction of the thermally crosslinkable group with an amino group and a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. . Thereby, when the photo-alignment part of the first specific polymer exhibits anisotropy by photoreaction, the anisotropy easily remains (memory) in the liquid crystal alignment film. In addition, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be expressed.
The amino group, carboxyl group and hydroxyl group of the first and second specific polymers react with a group selected from the group consisting of the epoxy group, thiirane group, hydroxyalkylamide group and benzyl alcohol group of the component (B). By doing so, even when the firing time of the liquid crystal aligning agent is short, the crosslinking reaction in the first and second specific polymers becomes possible. As a result, when the photo-alignment sites of the first and second specific polymers exhibit anisotropy due to a photoreaction, anisotropy tends to remain (memory) in the liquid crystal alignment film. And the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be expressed.
<(A-1)分子内に極性基を有する構造>
 本発明の液晶配向剤中に含有される第1及び第2の特定重合体は、分子内に、好ましくは側鎖に、極性基、即ち、カルボキシル基、アミノ基及び水酸基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の官能基を有する構造を有する。
 この構造は、本発明の第1及び第2の特定重合体から得られる液晶配向剤の焼成時間が短縮された場合においても、特定重合体内での架橋反応が可能となるため、得られる液晶配向膜の液晶配向性を高めると共に、液晶のプレチルト角を発現することができる。
<(A-1) Structure having polar group in molecule>
The first and second specific polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention are at least one selected from polar groups, that is, carboxyl groups, amino groups and hydroxyl groups in the molecule, preferably in the side chain. It has a structure having a functional group of
Since this structure enables a crosslinking reaction in the specific polymer even when the baking time of the liquid crystal aligning agent obtained from the first and second specific polymers of the present invention is shortened, the liquid crystal alignment obtained The liquid crystal orientation of the film can be improved and the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be expressed.
 本発明において、分子内に極性基を有する構造は、例えば下記式(a-1)で表すことができる。また、該構造は、下記式(a-1-m)で表されるモノマー由来の構造を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。 In the present invention, the structure having a polar group in the molecule can be represented, for example, by the following formula (a-1). Examples of the structure include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (a-1-m), but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式中、Ia1は、カルボキシル基、水酸基、下記式(a2)の少なくとも一つの部分構造を有する基または1級アミノ基から選ばれる1価の有機基である。但し、下記式(a2)は1級アミノ基以外の基を示し、rは、1又は2である。式中、*は結合手を示す。 In the formula, I a1 is a monovalent organic group selected from a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a group having at least one partial structure of the following formula (a2), or a primary amino group. However, the following formula (a2) represents a group other than the primary amino group, and r 1 is 1 or 2. In the formula, * indicates a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 また、Sは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Ia1において、上記式(a2)の部分構造を有する基としては、例えば5員または6員の窒素含有複素環等を挙げることができ、例えばピペリジン、モルホリン等を挙げることができる。これらのそれぞれの基は無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良い。Ia1の好ましい例として、カルボキシル基、および水酸基から選ばれる1価の有機基を挙げることができる。
S a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
In I a1 , examples of the group having a partial structure of the above formula (a2) include a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycle, and examples thereof include piperidine and morpholine. Each of these groups may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be replaced by fluorine, chlorine, cyano, methyl or methoxy groups. Preferable examples of I a1 include a monovalent organic group selected from a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group.
 Mは第1の重合性基を表す。該第1の重合性基として、下記式(M-1)~(M-2)、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、マレイミド、ノルボルネン及びその誘導体のラジカル重合性基、シロキサンを挙げることができる。好ましくは、式(M-1)~(M-2)、及びα-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトンマレイミドであるのがよい。
 式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、*は結合手を示す。
M a represents a first polymerizable group. Examples of the first polymerizable group include radical polymerizable groups of the following formulas (M a -1) to (M a -2), α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, maleimide, norbornene and derivatives thereof, and siloxane. it can. Preferred are formulas (M a -1) to (M a -2), and α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone maleimide.
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and * represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 前記式(a-1-m)のSにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10(好ましくは1~6)のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~14)のアリーレン基、(*A)-CONH-R-(*B)基、(*A)-COO-R-(*B)基等が挙げられる。ここで、R及びRは、相互に独立に、単結合、又は炭素数1~12(好ましくは1~6)のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~14)のアリーレン基、アルキレンオキシアリーレン基を示し、アルカンジイル基の任意の炭素-炭素結合は-O-結合を有してもよく、(*A)は不飽和結合を有する炭素原子と結合する結合手であることを示し、(*B)はIa1と結合する結合手であることを示す。アルカンジイル基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、エタン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、プロパン-2,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基等を挙げることができる。また、アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、ビフェニレン基、アントリレン基等を挙げることができる。アルキレンオキシアリーレン基としては、例えば、エチレンオキシフェニレン基、ヘキシレンオキシフェニレン基、ヘキシレンオキシビフェニル基等を挙げることができる。中でも、Sにおける2価の連結基としては、炭素数1~10(好ましくは1~6)のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~14)のアリーレン基、(*A)-COO-R-(*B)基が好ましく、Rとしては、炭素数2~6のアルカンジイル基が好ましい。 Examples of the divalent linking group in S a of the formula (a-1-m) include, for example, an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms). 14) an arylene group, a (* A) —CONH—R 6 — (* B) group, a (* A) —COO—R 7 — (* B) group, and the like. Here, R 6 and R 7 are each independently a single bond, an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms, or an arylene having 6 to 20 (preferably 6 to 14) carbon atoms. Group, an alkyleneoxyarylene group, and any carbon-carbon bond of the alkanediyl group may have an —O— bond, and (* A) is a bond bonded to a carbon atom having an unsaturated bond It indicates that indicates that (* B) is a bond that binds to the I a1. Examples of the alkanediyl group include methylene group, ethylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, Propane-2,2-diyl group, butane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5 -Diyl group, hexane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1,6-diyl group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a biphenylene group, and an anthrylene group. Examples of the alkyleneoxyarylene group include an ethyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxybiphenyl group, and the like. Among them, the divalent linking group for S a, alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1-6), an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 ~ 14), (* A) A —COO—R 7 — (* B) group is preferred, and R 7 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
 カルボキシル基を有する上記式(a-1-m)の具体例として、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルボキシペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、α-エチルアクリル酸、β-エチルアクリル酸、β-プロピルアクリル酸、β-イソプロピルアクリル酸、イタコン酸、フマール酸、ビニル安息香酸等を挙げることができる。また、アミノ基を有する上記式(a-1-m)の具体例として、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチルアミノエチル等を挙げることができる。水酸基を有する上記式(a-1-m)の具体例として、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、6-ヒドロキシヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、8-ヒドロキシオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、10-ヒドロキシデシル(メタ)アクリレート、12-ヒドロキシラウリル(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート;ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、その他、(4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロへキシル)メチルアクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシ(メタ)アクリルアミド等を挙げることができる。
上記式(a2)の部分構造を有する基を有する上記式(a-1-m)の具体例としては、メタクリル酸2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル等を挙げることができる。 
Specific examples of the above formula (a-1-m) having a carboxyl group include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carboxypentyl (meth) acrylate, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, α-ethylacrylic And acid, β-ethylacrylic acid, β-propylacrylic acid, β-isopropylacrylic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, vinylbenzoic acid and the like. Specific examples of the above formula (a-1-m) having an amino group include t-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate. Specific examples of the above formula (a-1-m) having a hydroxyl group include, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl. Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth) acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth) acrylate; Examples thereof include ethyl (meth) acrylamide, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl) methyl acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxy (meth) acrylamide and the like.
Specific examples of the formula (a-1-m) having a group having a partial structure of the formula (a2) include 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl methacrylate and the like. .
 本発明の重合体に含有させる分子内に極性基を有する部位は1種類単独で用いてもよく、また2種以上の部位を組合せて用いてもよい。
 また、分子内に極性基を有する部位は、第1の特定重合体((A)成分)の5~94mol%、20~94mol%、又は20~88mol%、又は25~80mol%の割合で含有されることが好ましい。または、分子内に極性基を有する部位は、第2の特定重合体((A)成分)の5~95mol%、又は20~90mol%、又は30~85mol%、20~80mol%、又は50~85mol%の割合で含有されることが好ましい。
The site | part which has a polar group in the molecule | numerator contained in the polymer of this invention may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used combining 2 or more types of site | parts.
The portion having a polar group in the molecule is contained in a proportion of 5 to 94 mol%, 20 to 94 mol%, or 20 to 88 mol%, or 25 to 80 mol% of the first specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferred that Alternatively, the site having a polar group in the molecule is 5 to 95 mol%, or 20 to 90 mol%, or 30 to 85 mol%, 20 to 80 mol%, or 50 to 50 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferable to contain in the ratio of 85 mol%.
<(A-2)光配向性を有する構造>
 本発明の液晶配向剤中に含有される第1及び第2の特定重合体は、分子内に、好ましくは側鎖に、上記式(pa-1)で表される光配向性を有する構造を有する。
 光配向性を有する部位の構造を上記の構造とすることで、熱などの外部ストレスに曝されたとしても、垂直配向制御能を長期間安定に保持できる。また、光に対して感度が高いため、低露光量の偏光紫外線照射においても、配向制御能を発現でき、液晶配向膜の製造工程を簡略化する観点からも好ましい。
<(A-2) Structure having photo-alignment>
The first and second specific polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention have a structure having a photo-alignment property represented by the above formula (pa-1) in the molecule, preferably in the side chain. Have.
By making the structure of the portion having photo-alignment property the above structure, the vertical alignment control ability can be stably maintained for a long time even when exposed to external stress such as heat. Moreover, since it has high sensitivity to light, it is preferable from the viewpoint of simplifying the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal alignment film because it can exhibit alignment control ability even when irradiated with polarized UV light at a low exposure amount.
 本発明において、分子内に上記式(pa-1)で表される光配向性を有する部位は、例えば下記式(b-1)で表すことができる。また、該部位は、下記式(b-1-m)で表されるモノマー由来の構造を挙げることができるがこれに限定されない。式中、Iは、下記式(pa-1)で表される1価の有機基である。 In the present invention, the site having photo-alignment property represented by the above formula (pa-1) in the molecule can be represented, for example, by the following formula (b-1). Examples of the site include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (b-1-m), but are not limited thereto. In the formula, I b is a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula (pa-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(pa-1)中、Aは場合によりフッ素、塩素、シアノから選択される基によるか、又は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル残基(これは、場合により1個のシアノ基又は1個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている)で置換されている、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、2,5-チオフェニレン、2,5-フラニレン、1,4-若しくは2,6-ナフチレン又はフェニレンを表し、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、2価の複素環式基または2価の縮合環式基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、Dは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR-(ここで、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキルを表す)を表し、aは0~3の整数であり、*は結合位置を表す。 In the formula (pa-1), A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine, cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkyl residue (this is Optionally substituted with one cyano group or one or more halogen atoms), pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, 2,5-thiophenylene, , 5-furanylene, 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, 2 R 3 is a single bond, oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 4 is a carbon number of 1 Contains up to 40 linear or branched alkyl or alicyclic groups A monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, D represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (wherein R d represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms); , A is an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position.
 上記式(b-1)又は(b-1-m)中、Sは、スペーサー単位を表し、Sの左の結合子は、第1及び第2の特定重合体の主鎖に、任意にスペーサーを介して結合することを示す。
 Sは、例えば下記式(Sp)の構造で表すことができる。
In the above formula (b-1) or (b-1-m), S b represents a spacer unit, and the left connector of S b is optional in the main chain of the first and second specific polymers. It shows that it couple | bonds via a spacer.
S b can be represented for example by the structure of the following formula (Sp).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(Sp)中、
 Wの左の結合はMへの結合を表し、
 Wの右の結合はIへの結合を表し、
 W、W及びWは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、二価の複素環、-(CH-(式中、nは1~20を表す)、-OCH-、-CHO-、―COO-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCF-又は-C≡C-を表すが、これらの置換基において非隣接のCH基の一つ以上は独立して、-O-、-CO-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-、-Si(CH-O-Si(CH―、-NR-、-NR-CO-、-CO-NR-、-NR-CO-O-、-OCO-NR-、-NR-CO-NR-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-又は-O-CO-O-(式中、Rは独立して水素又は炭素原子数1から5の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基を表す)で置換することができ、
 A及びAは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、2価のアルキル基、2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、又は2価の複素環式基から選ばれる基であり、それぞれの基は無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良い。
In formula (Sp),
The left bond of W 1 represents the bond to M d ,
The right bond of W 3 represents the bond to I b
W 1 , W 2 and W 3 each independently represent a single bond, a divalent heterocyclic ring, — (CH 2 ) n — (wherein n represents 1 to 20), —OCH 2 —, — CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C≡C— is represented. However, one or more of the non-adjacent CH 2 groups in these substituents are independently —O—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —Si (CH 3 ) 2 —. O—Si (CH 3 ) 2 —, —NR—, —NR—CO—, —CO—NR—, —NR—CO—O—, —OCO—NR—, —NR—CO—NR—, —CH ═CH—, —C≡C— or —O—CO—O— (wherein R independently represents hydrogen or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) Rukoto can,
A 1 and A 2 are each independently a group selected from a single bond, a divalent alkyl group, a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group. Each group may be unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
 式(b-1-m)中、Mは第2の重合性基を表す。該第2の重合性基として、(メタ)アクリレート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン、(メタ)アクリルアミド及びその誘導体のラジカル重合性基、及びシロキサンを挙げることができる。好ましくは(メタ)アクリレート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、アクリルアミドであるのがよい。 In formula (b-1-m), M c represents a second polymerizable group. Examples of the second polymerizable group include (meth) acrylate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, radical polymerizable groups of (meth) acrylamide and derivatives thereof, and siloxane. Can be mentioned. (Meth) acrylate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide and acrylamide are preferred.
 rは、1≦r≦3を満たす整数である。 r 2 is an integer satisfying 1 ≦ r 2 ≦ 3.
 式(b-1-m)中、Mは、単結合、(r+1)価の複素環、炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基、(r+1)価の芳香族基、(r+1)価の脂環式基から選ばれる基であり、それぞれの基は無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良い。 In formula (b-1-m), M d represents a single bond, a (r 2 +1) -valent heterocyclic ring, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a (r 2 +1) -valent aromatic. Group, a group selected from (r 2 +1) -valent alicyclic group, each group is unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms are fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, methyl group or methoxy group It may be substituted by a group.
 A、A2、及びMにおける芳香族基としては、例えば、ベンゼン、ビフェニル、ナフタレンのような炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素を挙げることができる。A、A2、及びMにおける脂環式基としては、例えばシクロヘキサン、ビシクロヘキサンのような炭素数6~12の脂環式炭化水素を挙げることができる。A、A2、及びMにおける複素環としては、例えばピリジン、ピペリジン、ピペラジン等の窒素含有複素環を挙げることができる。A、Aにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the aromatic group in A 1 , A 2 and M d include aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as benzene, biphenyl and naphthalene. Examples of the alicyclic group in A 1 , A 2, and M d include alicyclic hydrocarbons having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclohexane and bicyclohexane. Examples of the heterocyclic ring in A 1 , A 2 and M d include nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings such as pyridine, piperidine and piperazine. Examples of the alkyl group for A 1 and A 2 include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 良好な垂直配向制御能と安定なプレチルト角を発現し得る観点から、(b-1)の構造として、上記(pa-1)で表される基、又は、下記(pa-1-a)で表される基を挙げることができる。また、該部位は、下記式(pa-1-ma)で表されるモノマー由来の構造を挙げることができるがこれに限定されない。 From the viewpoint of exhibiting good vertical alignment controllability and a stable pretilt angle, the structure of (b-1) is represented by the group represented by (pa-1) above or the following (pa-1-a): The groups represented can be mentioned. Examples of the site include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (pa-1-ma), but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(pa-1-a)又は(pa-1-ma)中、M、M、及びSは、上述と同じ定義である。
 また、Zは酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。
 X及びXは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基である。
 Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-である。
 Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、又は2価の複素環式基である。
 Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-である。
 Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基である。
 Rは炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、フッ素原子またはシアノ基、好ましくはメチル基、メトキシ基又はフッ素原子である。
 aは0~3の整数であり、bは0~4の整数である。
In the formula (pa-1-a) or (pa-1-ma), M c , M d , and S b have the same definitions as described above.
Z is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
X a and X b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group.
R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—.
R 4 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group.
R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, preferably a methyl group, a methoxy group or a fluorine atom.
a is an integer of 0 to 3, and b is an integer of 0 to 4.
 式(pa-1-a)又は(pa-1-ma)中、Sの炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基として、炭素数1~8の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、例えばメチレン基、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、t-ブチレン基、n-ペンチレン基、n-ヘキシレン基、n-ヘプチレン基、n-オクチレン基が好ましい。
 Sの2価の芳香族基として、例えば1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基等を挙げることができる。
In the formula (pa-1-a) or (pa-1-ma), the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of S b is used as the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. A methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an n-butylene group, a t-butylene group, an n-pentylene group, an n-hexylene group, an n-heptylene group, and an n-octylene group. .
As the divalent aromatic group S b, for example 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6 A fluoro-1,4-phenylene group can be exemplified.
 式(pa-1-a)又は(pa-1-ma)中、Sの2価の脂環式基として、例えばトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン、トランス-トランス-1,4-ビシクロヘキシレン等を挙げることができる。
 Sの2価の複素環式基として、例えば1,4-ピリジレン基、2,5-ピリジレン基、1,4-フラニレン基、1,4-ピペラジン基、1,4-ピペリジン基等を挙げることができる。
 Sは、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキレン基であり、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基であるのがよい。
Formula (pa-1-a) or (pa-1-ma), examples divalent alicyclic group S b, for example trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, trans - trans-1,4-Bishikuroheki Examples include silene.
Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for S b include 1,4-pyridylene group, 2,5-pyridylene group, 1,4-furylene group, 1,4-piperazine group, 1,4-piperidine group, and the like. be able to.
S b is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 Rの2価の芳香族基として、例えば1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等を挙げることができる。
 Rの2価の脂環式基として、例えばトランス1,4-シクロヘキシレン、トランス-トランス-1,4-ビシクロヘキシレン等を挙げることができる。
 Rの2価の複素環式基として、例えば1,4-ピリジレン基、2,5-ピリジレン基、1,4-フラニレン基、1,4-ピペラジン基、1,4-ピペリジン基等を挙げることができる。
 Rは、1,4-フェニレン基、トランス1,4-シクロヘキシレン、トランス-トランス-1,4-ビシクロヘキシレンであるのがよい。
Examples of the divalent aromatic group for R 2 include 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3,5,6-tetra Examples thereof include a fluoro-1,4-phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
Examples of the divalent alicyclic group for R 2 include trans 1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene, and the like.
Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group for R 2 include 1,4-pyridylene group, 2,5-pyridylene group, 1,4-furylene group, 1,4-piperazine group, 1,4-piperidine group, and the like. be able to.
R 2 is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group, trans 1,4-cyclohexylene, or trans-trans-1,4-bicyclohexylene.
 Rの炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基としては、例えば炭素数1~20の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基を挙げることができ、このアルキル基の水素原子の一部または全部はフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。かかるアルキル基の例としては、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ドデシル基、n-トリデシル基、n-テトラデシル基、n-ペンタデシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、n-ヘプタデシル基、n-オクタデシル基、n-ノナデシル基、n-エイコシル基、4,4,4-トリフロロブチル基、4,4,5,5,5-ペンタフルオロペンチル、4,4,5,5,6,6,6-ヘプタフルオロヘキシル基、3,3,4,4,5,5,5-ヘプタフルオロペンチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロプロピル基、2-(パーフルオロブチル)エチル基、2-(パーフルオロオクチル)エチル基、2-(パーフルオロデシル)エチル基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms of R 4 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a part of hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group. Or all may be substituted by the fluorine atom. Examples of such alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n -Nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-lauryl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tridecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-pentadecyl group, n-hexadecyl group, n-heptadecyl group, n-octadecyl group, n -Nonadecyl group, n-eicosyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group, 4,4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentyl, 4,4,5,5,6,6,6-heptafluoro Hexyl group, 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-heptafluoropentyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl group, 2- (Perfluorobutyl) Methyl group, 2- (perfluorooctyl) ethyl group and a 2- (perfluorodecyl) ethyl group or the like.
 Rの脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基としては、例えばコレステニル基、コレスタニル基、アダマンチル基、下記式(Alc-1)または(Alc-2)(式中、Rは、それぞれ、水素原子、フッ素原子または炭素数1~20のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、*は結合位置を示す)で表される基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including the alicyclic group of R 4 include a cholestenyl group, a cholestanyl group, an adamantyl group, the following formula (Alc-1) or (Alc-2) (wherein R 7 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and * represents a bonding position. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記式(pa-1-ma)で表されるモノマーとして、式(paa-1-ma1)~(paa-1-ma18)で表される構造を挙げることができるがこれらに限定されない。なお、式中、「E」は、E体であることを表し、「t」は、シクロヘキシル基がトランス型であることを表す。 Examples of the monomer represented by the formula (pa-1-ma) include, but are not limited to, structures represented by the formulas (paa-1-ma1) to (paa-1-ma18). In the formula, “E” represents E-form, and “t” represents that the cyclohexyl group is trans.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 本発明の重合体に含有させる光反応性の部位は1種類単独で用いてもよく、また2種以上の部位を組合せて用いてもよい。
 光反応性の部位は、第1の特定重合体((A)成分)の5~94mol%、10~80mol%、又は15~70mol%、10~50mol%、又は15~50mol%の割合で含有されることが好ましい。
 または、光反応性の部位は、第2の特定重合体((A)成分)の5~95mol%、10~80mol%、又は15~70mol%、又は15~60mol%、又は15~50mol%の割合で含有されることが好ましい。
One type of photoreactive site contained in the polymer of the present invention may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The photoreactive site is contained in a proportion of 5 to 94 mol%, 10 to 80 mol%, or 15 to 70 mol%, 10 to 50 mol%, or 15 to 50 mol% of the first specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferred that
Alternatively, the photoreactive site is 5 to 95 mol%, 10 to 80 mol%, or 15 to 70 mol%, or 15 to 60 mol%, or 15 to 50 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferable to contain by a ratio.
<(A-3)熱架橋性基を有する部位>
 本発明の液晶配向剤中に含有される第1の特定重合体は、熱架橋性基を有する部位、即ち、分子内にオキセタニル基(1,2-エポキシ構造)、オキシラニル基(1,3-エポキシ構造)、下記式(3)で表される基、下記式(4)で表される基、下記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基から選択される少なくとも1種の官能基を有する部位を有する。換言すると、第1の特定重合体は、分子内にオキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、下記式(3)で表される基、下記式(4)で表される基、下記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基から選択される少なくとも1種の官能基を有する部位を側鎖に有する。式(3)~(5)中、*は結合手を示す。
<(A-3) Thermally crosslinkable group-containing site>
The first specific polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has a site having a thermally crosslinkable group, that is, an oxetanyl group (1,2-epoxy structure), an oxiranyl group (1,3- An epoxy structure), a group represented by the following formula (3), a group represented by the following formula (4), a group represented by the following formula (5) and a thiirane group. It has a part to have. In other words, the first specific polymer is represented by an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the following formula (3), a group represented by the following formula (4), and the following formula (5) in the molecule. And at least one functional group selected from a thiirane group in the side chain. In formulas (3) to (5), * represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 上記(A-3)の熱架橋性基を有する部位は、上記極性基であるアミノ基及び水酸基やカルボキシル基と架橋反応を形成でき、液晶配向剤の焼成時間を短縮した場合においても、上記(A-2)の光配向性を有する部位の液晶配向能を安定化させ、プレチルト角発現能に優れる液晶配向膜を得ることを可能にする。 The site having the thermally crosslinkable group (A-3) can form a crosslinking reaction with the amino group, the hydroxyl group, or the carboxyl group, which are the polar groups, and the above ( The liquid crystal alignment ability of the portion having the photo-alignment property A-2) is stabilized, and a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent pretilt angle expression ability can be obtained.
 本発明において、熱架橋性基を有する部位は、例えば下記式(c-1)で表すことができる。また、該部位は、下記式(c-1-m)で表されるモノマー由来の構造を挙げることができる。 In the present invention, the site having a thermally crosslinkable group can be represented by, for example, the following formula (c-1). Examples of the site include a structure derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (c-1-m).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(c-1)又は(c-1-m)中、Iは、分子内にオキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、上記式(3)で表される基、上記式(4)で表される基、上記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基から選択される1価の有機基である。Sは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 また、式(c-1-m)中、Mは第3の重合性基を表す。該第3の重合性基として、下記式(M-1)~(M-2)、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、マレイミド、ノルボルネン及びその誘導体のラジカル重合性基、シロキサンを挙げることができる。
In formula (c-1) or (c-1-m), I c represents an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the above formula (3), or a group represented by the above formula (4) in the molecule. And a monovalent organic group selected from the group represented by the above formula (5) and a thiirane group. Sc represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
In the formula (c-1-m), M e represents the third polymerizable groups. Examples of the third polymerizable group include radical polymerizable groups of the following formulas (M c -1) to (M c -2), α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, maleimide, norbornene and derivatives thereof, and siloxane. it can.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(M-1)~(M-2)中、Rcは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、*は結合位置を示す。
 Mとして好ましくは、式(M-1)~(M-2)、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトンマレイミドであるのがよい。
In the formulas (M c -1) to (M c -2), Rc represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and * represents a bonding position.
Me is preferably a formula (M c -1) to (M c -2), α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone maleimide.
 前記式(c-1-m)のSにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10(好ましくは1~6)のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~14)のアリーレン基、(*A)-CONH-R-(*B)基、(*A)-COO-R-(*B)基等が挙げられる。ここで、R及びRは、相互に独立に、単結合、又は炭素数1~12(好ましくは1~6)のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~14)のアリーレン基、アルキレンオキシアリーレン基を示し、アルカンジイル基の任意の炭素-炭素結合は-O-結合又は-S-結合を有してもよく、(*A)は不飽和結合を有する炭素原子と結合する結合手であることを示し、(*B)はIa1と結合する結合手であることを示す。アルカンジイル基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、エタン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、プロパン-2,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基等を挙げることができる。また、アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、ビフェニレン基、アントリレン基等を挙げることができる。アルキレンオキシアリーレン基としては、例えば、エチレンオキシフェニレン基、ヘキシレンオキシフェニレン基、ヘキシレンオキシビフェニル基等を挙げることができる。中でも、Sにおける2価の連結基としては、炭素数1~10(好ましくは1~6)のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~14)のアリーレン基、(*A)-COO-R-(*B)基が好ましく、Rとしては、炭素数2~6のアルカンジイル基が好ましい。尚、それぞれの基は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良い。 The divalent linking group of S c of the formula (c-1-m), for example, alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 14) an arylene group, a (* A) —CONH—R 6 — (* B) group, a (* A) —COO—R 7 — (* B) group, and the like. Here, R 6 and R 7 are each independently a single bond, an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 6) carbon atoms, or an arylene having 6 to 20 (preferably 6 to 14) carbon atoms. Group, an alkyleneoxyarylene group, and any carbon-carbon bond of the alkanediyl group may have an —O— bond or an —S— bond, and (* A) is bonded to a carbon atom having an unsaturated bond. (* B) indicates that it is a bond that bonds to Ia1 . Examples of the alkanediyl group include methylene group, ethylene group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, Propane-2,2-diyl group, butane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5 -Diyl group, hexane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1,6-diyl group and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a biphenylene group, and an anthrylene group. Examples of the alkyleneoxyarylene group include an ethyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxyphenylene group, a hexyleneoxybiphenyl group, and the like. Among them, the divalent linking group for S a, alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1-6), an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 ~ 14), (* A) A —COO—R 7 — (* B) group is preferred, and R 7 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In each group, one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
 オキシラニル基を有する式(c-1-m)の具体例としては、例えばアリルグリシジルエーテル、アクリル酸グリシジル、メタクリル酸グリシジル、メタクリル酸2-メチルグリシジル、α-エチルアクリル酸グリシジル、α-n-プロピルアクリル酸グリシジル、α-n-ブチルアクリル酸グリシジル、アクリル酸3,4-エポキシブチル、メタクリル酸3,4-エポキシブチル、アクリル酸6,7-エポキシヘプチル、メタクリル酸6,7-エポキシヘプチル、α-エチルアクリル酸-6,7-エポキシヘプチル、o-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、m-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、p-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、メタクリル酸3,4-エポキシシクロへキシルメチル、3-エテニル-7-オキサビシクロ[4.1.0]ヘプタン、1,2-エポキシ-5-ヘキセン、1,7-オクタジエンモノエポキサイド等が挙げられる。これらのうち、メタクリル酸グリシジル、メタクリル酸2-メチルグリシジル、メタクリル酸-6,7-エポキシヘプチル、o-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、m-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、p-ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、メタクリル酸3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルが、共重合反応性及び液晶配向膜の配向性等の向上の観点から好ましい。 Specific examples of the formula (c-1-m) having an oxiranyl group include, for example, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, 2-methylglycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl α-ethyl acrylate, α-n-propyl. Glycidyl acrylate, α-n-butyl glycidyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl methacrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl acrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl methacrylate, α -Ethylacrylic acid-6,7-epoxyheptyl, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate, 3-ethenyl-7- Oxabicyclo [4 1.0] heptane, 1,2-epoxy-5-hexene, 1,7-cyclooctadiene monoepoxide, and the like. Among these, glycidyl methacrylate, 2-methylglycidyl methacrylate, -6,7-epoxyheptyl methacrylate, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 3, methacrylate 4-Epoxycyclohexyl is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the copolymerization reactivity and the orientation of the liquid crystal alignment film.
 オキセタニル基を有する式(c-1-m)の具体例としては、例えば3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)オキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-メチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(アクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)オキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-アクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン等のアクリル酸エステル;3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)オキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-メチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(メタクリロイルオキシメチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)オキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-3-エチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-トリフルオロメチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-ペンタフルオロエチルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2-フェニルオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2-ジフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4-トリフルオロオキセタン、3-(2-メタクリロイルオキシエチル)-2,2,4,4-テトラフルオロオキセタン等のメタクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。
チイラン基を有する式(c-1-m)の具体例としては、下記式(S)で示される化合物、
Specific examples of the formula (c-1-m) having an oxetanyl group include, for example, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) oxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -2-methyloxetane, and 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -3. -Ethyloxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -2-pentafluoroethyloxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -2-phenyloxetane, 3- ( Acryloyloxymethyl) -2,2-difluorooxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -2,2,4-trifluorooxetane, 3- (acryloyloxymethyl) -2,2,4,4-tetrafluorooxetane, 3- (2-acryloyloxyethyl) oxe 3- (2-acryloyloxyethyl) -2-ethyloxetane, 3- (2-acryloyloxyethyl) -3-ethyloxetane, 3- (2-acryloyloxyethyl) -2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3 -(2-acryloyloxyethyl) -2-pentafluoroethyloxetane, 3- (2-acryloyloxyethyl) -2-phenyloxetane, 3- (2-acryloyloxyethyl) -2,2-difluorooxetane, 3- Acrylic acid esters such as (2-acryloyloxyethyl) -2,2,4-trifluorooxetane and 3- (2-acryloyloxyethyl) -2,2,4,4-tetrafluorooxetane; 3- (methacryloyloxy Methyl) oxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2-me Luoxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -3-ethyloxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2-pentafluoroethyloxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxy Methyl) -2-phenyloxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2,2-difluorooxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2,2,4-trifluorooxetane, 3- (methacryloyloxymethyl) -2 , 2,4,4-tetrafluorooxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) oxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -2-ethyloxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -3-ethyl Oxetane, 3 -(2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -2-trifluoromethyloxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -2-pentafluoroethyloxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -2-phenyloxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -2,2-difluorooxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -2,2,4-trifluorooxetane, 3- (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) -2,2,4 And methacrylates such as 4-tetrafluorooxetane.
Specific examples of the formula (c-1-m) having a thiirane group include compounds represented by the following formula (S),
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式中、XはO(CH、S(CH、または(CHを示し、nは0から6の整数を示す。Yはアクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、アリル基、またはビニル基を示す。)、又は2,3-エピチオプロピルアクリレートまたはメタクリレート、及び2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルチオメチル)スチレン、2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルオキシメチル)スチレン、2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルチオ)スチレン、2-または3―または4-(β-エピチオプロピルオキシ)スチレン等を挙げることができる。 In the formula, X represents O (CH 2 ) n , S (CH 2 ) n , or (CH 2 ) n , and n represents an integer of 0 to 6. Y represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group. ), Or 2,3-epithiopropyl acrylate or methacrylate, and 2- or 3- or 4- (β-epithiopropylthiomethyl) styrene, 2- or 3- or 4- (β-epithiopropyloxymethyl) And styrene, 2- or 3- or 4- (β-epithiopropylthio) styrene, 2- or 3- or 4- (β-epithiopropyloxy) styrene, and the like.
 本発明の重合体に含有させる熱架橋性基を有する部位は1種類単独で用いてもよく、また2種以上の部位を組合せて用いてもよい。
 熱架橋性基を有する部位の導入量は、第1の特定重合体((A)成分)の1~40mol%、又は1~30mol%、又は5~30mol%、又は2~30mol%、又は5~25mol%であることが好ましい。
The site | part which has a heat crosslinkable group contained in the polymer of this invention may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
The introduction amount of the site having a thermally crosslinkable group is 1 to 40 mol%, or 1 to 30 mol%, or 5 to 30 mol%, or 2 to 30 mol%, or 5 of the first specific polymer (component (A)). It is preferably ˜25 mol%.
<(B)分子内に2個以上の、エポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基を含有する化合物>
 本発明の第2の態様の液晶配向剤に用いられる(B)成分は、分子内に2個以上の、エポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基を有する化合物である。このような構成にすることで、液晶配向膜の上層部分にエポキシ基又はチイラン基を偏在させることが可能となり、上記第1及び第2の特定重合体に含まれる(A-1)の極性基であるアミノ基やカルボキシル基との架橋反応が促進され、膜表層成分の架橋密度が高くなる。よって、上記(A-2)の光反応による異方性が膜に残存(メモリー)しやすくなるため、液晶配向能を安定化させることが可能となり、液晶配向性及びプレチルト角発現能に優れる液晶配向膜を得ることが可能となる。
<(B) Compound containing two or more groups selected from the group consisting of an epoxy group, a thiirane group, a hydroxyalkylamide group, and a benzyl alcohol group in the molecule>
The component (B) used in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the second aspect of the present invention is a group selected from the group consisting of two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule. It is a compound which has this. With such a configuration, an epoxy group or a thiirane group can be unevenly distributed in the upper layer portion of the liquid crystal alignment film, and the polar group (A-1) contained in the first and second specific polymers can be obtained. The cross-linking reaction with the amino group or carboxyl group is promoted, and the cross-linking density of the film surface layer component is increased. Therefore, since the anisotropy due to the photoreaction (A-2) is likely to remain (memory) in the film, the liquid crystal alignment ability can be stabilized, and the liquid crystal excellent in liquid crystal alignment and pretilt angle expression ability. An alignment film can be obtained.
 分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基又はチイラン基を有する化合物としては、分子末端にエポキシ基又はチイラン基を2個以上有していれば特に限定されない。分子末端にエポキシ基を2個以上有する化合物としては例えば、分子内に少なくとも1個以上の3級窒素原子を有するエポキシ化合物や、分子内に窒素化合物を有さないエポキシ化合物等を挙げることができる。
 分子内に少なくとも1個以上の3級窒素原子を有するエポキシ化合物としては、具体的には下記式(Ep-1)~(Ep-11)で表される構造のエポキシ化合物や脂肪族ジアミンを母核とする窒素原子を含有するエポキシ化合物等が挙げられる。中でも反応性や入手性の観点から、(Ep-4)~(Ep-9)で表される構造のエポキシ化合物や脂肪族ジアミンを母核とする窒素原子を含有するエポキシ化合物等が好ましい。
The compound having two or more epoxy groups or thiirane groups in the molecule is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more epoxy groups or thiirane groups at the molecular ends. Examples of the compound having two or more epoxy groups at the molecular terminal include an epoxy compound having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule and an epoxy compound having no nitrogen compound in the molecule. .
Specific examples of the epoxy compound having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule include epoxy compounds having a structure represented by the following formulas (Ep-1) to (Ep-11) and aliphatic diamines. Examples thereof include an epoxy compound containing a nitrogen atom as a nucleus. Among these, from the viewpoint of reactivity and availability, epoxy compounds having a structure represented by (Ep-4) to (Ep-9), epoxy compounds containing nitrogen atoms having an aliphatic diamine as a parent nucleus, and the like are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 Xはそれぞれ、単結合または炭素数1~6の脂肪族基、または芳香族基を表し、Yはメチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基 、エチリデン基、イソプロピリデン基、ビニレン基、ビニリデン基、オキシ基、イミノ基、チオ基、スルホニル基のいずれかを表し、R~Rは水素原子または、炭素数1~6の脂肪族基を表し、jは0~4の整数を表す。
 分子内に少なくとも1個以上の3級窒素原子を有するエポキシ化合物の中でも、3級窒素原子が脂肪族基、又は脂環式基の少なくとも1つと結合している化合物が、焼成時間を短縮できる点で好適である。
X represents a single bond, an aliphatic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group, and Y represents a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, an ethylidene group, an isopropylidene group, a vinylene group, a vinylidene group, or an oxy group. , An imino group, a thio group, or a sulfonyl group, R 1 to R 3 represent a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and j represents an integer of 0 to 4.
Among epoxy compounds having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule, a compound in which the tertiary nitrogen atom is bonded to at least one of an aliphatic group or an alicyclic group can shorten the firing time. It is suitable.
 分子内に少なくとも1個以上の3級窒素原子を有するエポキシ化合物の具体例としては、N,N-ジグリシジルアニリン、N,N-ジグリシジルトルイジン、N,N-ジグリシジルシクロヘキシルアミン、N,N-ジグリシジルメチルシクロヘキシルアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-p-フェニレンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-フェニレンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-o-フェニレンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン 、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-(p-フェニレンジイソプロピリデン)ビスアニリン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-(m-フェニレンジイソプロピリデン)ビスアニリン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-p-キシリレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N’-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、1,4-ビス(N,N’-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-1,4-シクロヘキサンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-1,3-シクロヘキサンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-メチレンビス(シクロヘキシルアミン)、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-ジアミノエタン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-ジアミノプロパン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-ジアミノブタン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-ジアミノペンタン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-ジアミノヘキサン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-ジアミノヘプタン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-ジアミノオクタン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the epoxy compound having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule include N, N-diglycidylaniline, N, N-diglycidyltoluidine, N, N-diglycidylcyclohexylamine, N, N -Diglycidylmethylcyclohexylamine, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-p-phenylenediamine, N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-phenylenediamine, N, N, N ', N′-tetraglycidyl-o-phenylenediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-3,4′- Diaminodiphenylmethane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-3,3′-diaminodiphenylmethane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetrag Sidyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-1,5-diaminonaphthalene, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-2,7-diaminofluorene N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl ] Propane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-2,2-bis [4- (4-Aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, N, N, N ′, N′— Tet Glycidyl-4,4 ′-(p-phenylenediisopropylidene) bisaniline, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-4,4 ′-(m-phenylenediisopropylidene) bisaniline, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-p-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N′-diglycidylamino) Methyl) cyclohexane, 1,4-bis (N, N′-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-1,4-cyclohexanediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-1,3-cyclohexanediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-4,4′-methylenebis (cyclohexylamine), N, N, N ′, N '-Tetraglycidyl-diaminoethane, N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-diaminopropane, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-diaminobutane, N, N, N', N'- Tetraglycidyl-diaminopentane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-diaminohexane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-diaminoheptane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl -Diaminooctane and the like.
 分子内に窒素化合物を有さないエポキシ化合物の具体例としては、三菱化学社製の商品名「エピコート828」、「エピコート834」、「エピコート1001」、「エピコート1004」、大日本インキ化学工業社製の商品名「エピクロン840」、「エピクロン850」、「エピクロン1050」、「エピクロン2055」、新日鉄住金化学社製の商品名「エポトート128」等のビスフェノールA型エポキシ化合物;
 大日本インキ化学工業社製の商品名「エピクロン830S」、三菱化学社製の商品名「エピコート807」、新日鉄住金化学社製の商品名エポトートYDF-170」、「エポトートYDF-175」、「エポトートYDF-2004」等のビスフェノールF型エポキシ化合物;
 日本化薬製の商品名「EBPS-200」、旭電化工業社製の商品名「EPX-30」、大日本インキ化学工業社製の商品名「エピクロンEXA1514」等のビスフェノールS型エポキシ化合物;
 大阪ガス社製の商品名「BPFG」等のビスフェノールフルオレン型エポキシ化合物、三菱化学社製の商品名「YL-6056」、「YL-6021」、「YX-4000」、「YX-4000H」等のビキシレノール型、或いはビフェニル型エポキシ化合物、又はそれらの混合物;
 新日鉄住金化学社製の商品名「エポトートST-2004」、「ST-2007」、「ST-3000」等の水添ビスフェノールA型エポキシ化合物;
 三菱化学社製の商品名「エピコート152」、「エピコート154」、ダウケミカル社製の商品名「D.E.N.431」、「D.E.N.438」、大日本インキ化学工業社製の商品名「エピクロンN-690」、「エピクロンN-695」、「エピクロンN-730」、「エピクロンN-770」、「エピクロンN-865」、新日鉄住金化学社製の商品名「エポトートYDCN-701」、「エポトートYDCN-704」、日本化薬社製の商品名「EPPN-201」、「EOCN-1025」、「EOCN-1020」、
「EOCN-104S」、「RE-306」等のノボラック型エポキシ化合物;
 三菱化学社製の商品名「エピコートYL-903」、大日本インキ化学工業社製の商品名「エピクロン152」、「エピクロン165」、新日鉄住金化学社製の商品名「エポトートYDB-400」、「エポトートYDB-500」等の臭素化ビスフェノールA型エポキシ化合物;
 新日鉄化学社製の商品名「ESN-190」、「ESN-360」、大日本インキ化学工業社製の商品名「HP-4032」、「EXA-4700」、「EXA-4750」等のナフタレン骨格を有するエポキシ化合物;
 大日本インキ化学工業社製の商品名「HP-7200」、「HP-7200H」等のジシクロペンタジエン骨格を有するエポキシ化合物;
 三菱化学社製の商品名「YL-933」、日本化薬社製の商品名「EPPN-501」「EPPN-502」等のトリスヒドロキシフェニルメタン型エポキシ化合物;
 ダイセル化学工業社製の商品名「セロキサイド2011」、旭化成工業社製の商品名「アラルダイトCY175」、「アラルダイトCY179」、新日本理化社製の商品名「HBE-100」等の脂環式エポキシ化合物等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。これらエポキシ化合物は単独又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
Specific examples of epoxy compounds having no nitrogen compound in the molecule include trade names “Epicoat 828”, “Epicoat 834”, “Epicoat 1001”, “Epicoat 1004” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Bisphenol A type epoxy compounds such as “Epicron 840”, “Epicron 850”, “Epicron 1050”, “Epicron 2055” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd.
Product name “Epicron 830S” manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. Product name “Epicoat 807” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, product names “Epototo YDF-170”, “Epototo YDF-175”, “Epototo” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd. Bisphenol F type epoxy compounds such as “YDF-2004”;
Bisphenol S type epoxy compounds such as Nippon Kayaku brand name “EBPS-200”, Asahi Denka Kogyo Co., Ltd. trade name “EPX-30”, Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd. trade name “Epicron EXA1514”;
Bisphenol fluorene type epoxy compounds such as “BPFG” manufactured by Osaka Gas Co., Ltd., “YL-6056”, “YL-6021”, “YX-4000”, “YX-4000H” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, etc. Bixylenol type or biphenyl type epoxy compounds, or mixtures thereof;
Hydrogenated bisphenol A type epoxy compounds such as “Epototo ST-2004”, “ST-2007”, “ST-3000” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd .;
Product names “Epicoat 152” and “Epicoat 154” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, product names “DEN 431” and “DEN 438” manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. “Epicron N-690”, “Epicron N-695”, “Epicron N-730”, “Epicron N-770”, “Epicron N-865”, trade names “Epototo YDCN” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd. -701 ”,“ Epototo YDCN-704 ”, trade names“ EPPN-201 ”,“ EOCN-1025 ”,“ EOCN-1020 ”manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.,
Novolak epoxy compounds such as “EOCN-104S”, “RE-306”;
Product name “Epicoat YL-903” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, product names “Epicron 152” and “Epicron 165” manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Product names “Epototo YDB-400” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd. Brominated bisphenol A type epoxy compounds such as “Epototo YDB-500”;
Naphthalene skeletons such as trade names “ESN-190” and “ESN-360” manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., trade names “HP-4032”, “EXA-4700”, “EXA-4750” manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. An epoxy compound having:
Epoxy compounds having a dicyclopentadiene skeleton such as trade names “HP-7200” and “HP-7200H” manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .;
Trishydroxyphenylmethane type epoxy compounds such as trade names “YL-933” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation and trade names “EPPN-501” and “EPPN-502” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd .;
Alicyclic epoxy compounds such as “Celoxide 2011” manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, “Araldite CY175”, “Araldite CY179” manufactured by Asahi Kasei Kogyo, and “HBE-100” manufactured by Shin Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. However, it is not limited to these. These epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 前記分子末端にチイラン基を2個以上有する化合物としては、例えば上記エポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物のエポキシ基をチイラン基に変換することで得られる。上記チイラン基に変換する方法としては、硫化剤を含む第1の溶液に、上記エポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物を含む溶液を連続的又は断続的に添加した後、硫化剤を含む第2の溶液を連続的又は断続的にさらに添加する方法が好ましい。この方法により、上記エポキシ基をチイラン基に変換することができる。
 上記硫化剤としては、チオシアン酸塩類、チオ尿素類、ホスフィンサルファイド、ジメチルチオホルムアミド及びN-メチルベンゾチアゾール-2-チオン等が挙げられる。上記チオシアン酸塩類としては、チオシアン酸ナトリウム、チオシアン酸カリウム及びチオシアン酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。
 上記チイラン基を2個以上有する化合物を用いることにより、架橋反応がより促進されるため、液晶配向剤の焼成時間を短縮することができる点で好適である。
The compound having two or more thiirane groups at the molecular end can be obtained, for example, by converting the epoxy group of the epoxy compound having the epoxy group into a thiirane group. As a method of converting to the thiirane group, a solution containing an epoxy compound having an epoxy group is continuously or intermittently added to a first solution containing a sulfurizing agent, and then a second solution containing a sulfurizing agent is added. The method of further adding continuously or intermittently is preferable. By this method, the epoxy group can be converted into a thiirane group.
Examples of the sulfurizing agent include thiocyanates, thioureas, phosphine sulfide, dimethylthioformamide, N-methylbenzothiazole-2-thione, and the like. Examples of the thiocyanates include sodium thiocyanate, potassium thiocyanate, and sodium thiocyanate.
By using the compound having two or more thiirane groups, the crosslinking reaction is further promoted, which is preferable in that the firing time of the liquid crystal aligning agent can be shortened.
 前記分子末端にヒドロキシアルキルアミド基を2個以上有する化合物としては、その化合物中にヒドロキシアルキルアミド基を有していれば、その他の構造は特に限定されないが、入手性等の観点から、下記式(2)で表される化合物が好ましい例の一つである。 The compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups at the molecular end is not particularly limited as long as the compound has a hydroxyalkylamide group, but from the viewpoint of availability, the following formula The compound represented by (2) is one of preferred examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式中、Xは炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基、または芳香族炭化水素基を含むn価の有機基であり、nは2~6の整数であり、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、又は炭素数2~4のアルキニル基であり、RおよびRのうち少なくとも1つはヒドロキシ基で置換された炭化水素基を表す。
 その中でも、式(2)におけるX中のカルボニル基に直接結合する原子が、芳香環を形成していない炭素原子であることが晶配向性の観点から好ましい。また、式(2)中のXは、脂肪族炭化水素基であることが、上記と同じく液晶配向性および溶解性の観点から好ましく、炭素数1~10であることがより好ましい。
 式(2)中、nは2~6の整数を表すが、溶解性の観点からnは2~4が好ましい。
 式(2)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、又は炭素数2~4のアルキニル基であり、RおよびRのうち少なくとも1つはヒドロキシ基で置換された炭化水素基を表す。その中でも、RおよびRのうち少なくとも1つが下記式(3a)で表される構造であることが反応性の観点から好ましく、下記式(4a)で表される構造であることがさらに好ましい。
In the formula, X 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an n-valent organic group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon group, n is an integer of 2 to 6, and R 2 and R 3 are Each independently a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 2 and At least one of R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
Among them, atoms directly attached to the carbonyl group in X 2 in Formula (2), it is preferable from the viewpoint of the liquid crystal orientation is a carbon atom, which do not form an aromatic ring. X 2 in the formula (2) is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of liquid crystal alignment and solubility as described above, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
In the formula (2), n represents an integer of 2 to 6, and n is preferably 2 to 4 from the viewpoint of solubility.
In formula (2), R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms 2 to 4 alkynyl groups, at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group substituted by a hydroxy group. Among them, at least one of R 2 and R 3 is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (3a) from the viewpoint of reactivity, and more preferably a structure represented by the following formula (4a). .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(3a)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭化水素基、または、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭化水素基のいずれかを表す。 In formula (3a), R 4 to R 7 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 前記分子末端にヒドロキシアルキルアミド基を2個以上有する化合物の具体的な例としては、例えば下記の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound having two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups at the molecular ends include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基を有する化合物は、多すぎると未反応成分が液晶中に溶出し、信頼性を低下させる恐れがある。そのため、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基を有する化合物の添加量は、(A)成分の重合体に対して、0.1~40質量%が好ましく、1~30質量%がより好ましい。 If the amount of the compound having a hydroxyalkylamide group is too large, unreacted components are eluted in the liquid crystal, which may reduce reliability. Therefore, the addition amount of the compound having a hydroxyalkylamide group is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the polymer of component (A).
 前記分子末端にベンジルアルコール基を2個以上有する化合物としては、水酸基がメチル基を挟んで芳香環に結合したベンジルアルコール基を有するものが挙げられる。なかでも、下記式[1]で表される化合物及び式[2]で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一種の化合物が好ましい。 Examples of the compound having two or more benzyl alcohol groups at the molecular ends include those having a benzyl alcohol group in which a hydroxyl group is bonded to an aromatic ring with a methyl group in between. Among these, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula [1] and a compound represented by the formula [2] is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式中、Y、Y、及びYはそれぞれ独立に芳香環を表わす。該芳香環の任意の水素原子は、水酸基、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルコキシ基又はビニル基で置換されていてもよい。Zは、単結合、全部又は一部が結合して環状構造を形成してもよい炭素原子数1~10の2価の飽和炭化水素基であり任意の水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい、-NH-、-N(CH)-、式[3]で表される基である。tは2~4の整数であり、t及びtはそれぞれ独立に1~3の整数であり、a及びbはそれぞれ独立に1~3の整数である。 In the formula, Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic ring. Any hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a vinyl group. Z 1 is a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be bonded to form a cyclic structure by a single bond or all or a part thereof, and any hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. Or —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, or a group represented by the formula [3]. t 1 is an integer of 2 to 4, t 2 and t 3 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3, and a and b are each independently an integer of 1 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式[3]中、P及びPはそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基であり、Qは芳香環を表す。 In formula [3], P 1 and P 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and Q 1 represents an aromatic ring.
 その具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、テトラヒドロナフタレン環、アズレン環、インデン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フェナレン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、キノリン環、ピラゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、プリン環、チアジアゾール環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、ピラゾリジン環、トリアゾール環、ピラジン環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、チノリン環、フェナントロリン環、インドール環、キノキサリン環、ベンゾチアゾール環、フェノチアジン環、アクリジン環、オキサゾール環等が挙げられる。より好ましい芳香環の具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、インドール環、キノキサリン環、アクリジン環等が挙げられる。さらに好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ピリジン環、カルバゾール環であり、最も好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環である。 Specific examples thereof include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, azulene ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenalene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine Ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, purine ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, pyrazolidine ring, triazole ring, pyrazine ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, thionoline ring, phenanthroline Ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, benzothiazole ring, phenothiazine ring, acridine ring, oxazole ring and the like. Specific examples of more preferable aromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazine. Ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, acridine ring and the like. More preferred are a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring and a carbazole ring, and most preferred are a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
 なお、これら芳香環の水素原子は、水酸基、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルコキシ基又はビニル基で置換されていてもよい。
 式[2]中のt及びtは、より好ましくは1又は2の整数である。またa及びbは、より好ましくは1又は2である。
 式[2]におけるZは、その全部又は一部が結合して環状構造を形成してもよい炭素原子数1~10、好ましくは、1~5の2価の飽和炭化水素基の場合、その有する任意の水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。
The hydrogen atoms of these aromatic rings may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a vinyl group.
T 2 and t 3 in the formula [2] are more preferably integers of 1 or 2. Moreover, a and b are more preferably 1 or 2.
Z 1 in the formula [2] is a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, which may be bonded to all or part of it to form a cyclic structure. Any hydrogen atom that it has may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
 Zの例としては、炭素原子数1~10のアルキレン基、炭素原子数3~10の脂環式炭化水素基、アルキレン基と脂環式炭化水素基とが組み合わされ、且つ炭素原子数1~10の基が挙げられる。加えて、前記した基の任意の水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された基が挙げられる。 Examples of Z 1 include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a combination of an alkylene group and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and 1 carbon atom. ˜10 groups. In addition, a group in which any hydrogen atom of the above-described group is substituted with a fluorine atom is exemplified.
 式[3]中のQは芳香環であるが、その具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、テトラヒドロナフタレン環、アズレン環、インデン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フェナレン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、キノリン環、ピラゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、プリン環、チアジアゾール環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、ピラゾリジン環、トリアゾール環、ピラジン環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、チノリン環、フェナントロリン環、インドール環、キノキサリン環、ベンゾチアゾール環、フェノチアジン環、アクリジン環、オキサゾール環等が挙げられる。より好ましい芳香環の具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、ベンズイミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、インドール環、キノキサリン環、アクリジン環等が挙げられる。さらに好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ピリジン環、カルバゾール環、フルオレン環等が挙げられる。 Q 1 in the formula [3] is an aromatic ring, and specific examples thereof include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, azulene ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenalene ring, pyrrole. Ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, purine ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, pyrazolidine ring, triazole ring, Examples include a pyrazine ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a thionoline ring, a phenanthroline ring, an indole ring, a quinoxaline ring, a benzothiazole ring, a phenothiazine ring, an acridine ring, and an oxazole ring. Specific examples of more preferable aromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazine. Ring, benzimidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, indole ring, quinoxaline ring, acridine ring and the like. More preferably, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring, a carbazole ring, a fluorene ring, etc. are mentioned.
 前記分子末端にベンジルアルコール基を2個以上有する化合物としては[P1]~[P45]の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 前記分子末端にベンジルアルコール基を2個以上有する化合物としては、[P13]、[P15]、[P18]、[P20]、[P26]で表される化合物が好ましく、なかでも、[P13]、[P18]、[P20]で表される化合物がより好ましい。
Examples of the compound having two or more benzyl alcohol groups at the molecular end include compounds [P1] to [P45], but are not limited thereto.
The compound having two or more benzyl alcohol groups at the molecular end is preferably a compound represented by [P13], [P15], [P18], [P20], [P26], among them, [P13], The compounds represented by [P18] and [P20] are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 (B)成分の使用量は、液晶配向剤に含有される第1及び/又は第2の特定重合体100質量部に対して0.1質量部~40質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.5質量部~20質量部である。
 また、(B)成分は1種類の化合物単独で用いてもよく、また2種以上の化合物を組合せて用いてもよい。
The amount of component (B) used is preferably 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, more preferably 100 parts by weight of the first and / or second specific polymer contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Is 0.5 to 20 parts by mass.
Moreover, (B) component may be used individually by 1 type of compound, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type of compound.
<溶媒>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に用いられる溶媒は、第1及び第2の特定重合体を溶解させる溶媒であれば特に限定されない。
 具体例として、水、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンなどのN - アルキル-2-ピロリドン類、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルカプロラクタム、テトラメチル尿素、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-エトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノンなどのジアルキルイミダゾリジノン類、γ-ブチロラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトンなどのラクトン類、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネートなどのカーボネート類、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、イソアミルメチルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルイソブチルケトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンなどのケトン類、下記式(Sv-1)で表される化合物及び下記式(Sv-2)で表される化合物、酢酸4-メチル-2-ペンチル、酢酸2-エチルブチル、酢酸2-エチルヘキシル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸2-メチルシクロヘキシル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、ジイソブチルカルビノール、ジイソペンチルエーテル等をあげることができる。
<Solvent>
The solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention will not be specifically limited if it is a solvent which dissolves the 1st and 2nd specific polymer.
Specific examples include water, N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylcaprolactam. Tetramethylurea, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazo Dialkylimidazolidinones such as ridinone, lactones such as γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone and δ-valerolactone, carbonates such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 3-methyl- 3-methoxybutanol, ethyl Ketones such as milketone, methylnonylketone, methylethylketone, isoamylmethylketone, methylisopropylketone, diisobutylketone, cyclohexanone, methylisobutylketone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, represented by the following formula (Sv-1) And a compound represented by the following formula (Sv-2), 4-methyl-2-pentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, 2-methylcyclohexyl acetate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate , Diisobutyl carbinol, diisopentyl ether and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(Sv-1)~(Sv-2)中、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基であり、Xは酸素原子又は-COO-であり、X2は単結合又はカルボニル基であり、Rは炭素数2~4のアルカンジイル基である。nは1~3の整数である。nが2又は3の場合、複数のRは同じでも異なっていてもよい。Zは炭素数1~6の2価の炭化水素基であり、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基である)等が挙げられる。 In formulas (Sv-1) to (Sv-2), Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and X 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO— X2 is a single bond or a carbonyl group, and R 1 is an alkanediyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. n 1 is an integer of 1 to 3. When n 1 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 1 may be the same or different. Z 1 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
 式(Sv-1)中、Y及びYの炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基として、例えば炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基、炭素数1~6の1価の脂環式炭化水素基及び炭素数1~6の1価の芳香族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基等を挙げることができる。Rのアルカンジイル基は直鎖状でも分岐状でもよい。 In the formula (Sv-1), examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 and Y 2 include, for example, a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Examples thereof include a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group and a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkanediyl group of R 1 may be linear or branched.
 式(Sv-2)中、Zの炭素数1~6の2価の炭化水素基として、例えば炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基等を挙げることができる。
 Y及びYの炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基、炭素数1~6の1価の脂環式炭化水素基及び炭素数1~6の1価の芳香族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。炭素数1~6の1価の鎖状炭化水素基としては炭素数1~6のアルキル基などが挙げられる。
In the formula (Sv-2), examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of Z 1 include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of Y 3 and Y 4 include a monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. And monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent chain hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 式(Sv-1)で表される溶媒の具体例としては、例えばエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコール-i-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルセロソルブ)、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングルコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールジアセタート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、エチレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-エトキシブチルアセタート等を;
 (Sv-2)で表される溶媒の具体例としては、例えばグリコール酸メチル、グリコール酸エチル、グリコール酸ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸イソアミル、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチルなどをそれぞれ挙げることができる。
Specific examples of the solvent represented by the formula (Sv-1) include, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ( Butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ether acetate, die Lenglycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethoxybutyl acetate, etc .;
Specific examples of the solvent represented by (Sv-2) include, for example, methyl glycolate, ethyl glycolate, butyl glycolate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3 -Methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate and the like.
 前記溶媒としては沸点が80~200℃にあることが好ましい。より好ましくは、80℃~180℃であり、好ましい溶媒として、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、テトラメチル尿素、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、エチルアミルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、イソアミルメチルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルイソブチルケトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、酢酸4-メチル-2-ペンチル、酢酸2-エチルブチル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸2-メチルシクロヘキシル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、ジイソブチルカルビノール、ジイソペンチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコール-i-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルセロソルブ)、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングルコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、 プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、グリコール酸メチル、グリコール酸エチル、グリコール酸ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸イソアミル、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、メチル-3-メトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、等を挙げることができる。
 沸点がこの範囲であることは、特に、前記溶媒を含む液晶配向剤が後述するプラスチック基板上に塗布される場合に好ましい。
The solvent preferably has a boiling point of 80 to 200 ° C. More preferably, it is 80 ° C. to 180 ° C., and preferred solvents include N, N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, propanol, isopropanol, 3-methyl-3-methoxy. Butanol, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, isoamyl methyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate Cyclohexyl acetate, 2-methylcyclohexyl acetate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, diisobutyl carbinol, diisopentyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ester Tellurium, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, Propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl glycolate, ethyl glycolate, glycol Lumpur butyl, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, isoamyl, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxy propionate, 3-methoxy ethyl propionate, and the like.
The boiling point within this range is particularly preferred when the liquid crystal aligning agent containing the solvent is applied onto a plastic substrate described later.
<特定重合体の製造方法>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有される第1及び第2の特定重合体は、上記の(A-1)分子内にカルボキシル基、アミノ基及び水酸基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の官能基を有するモノマーと、(b)光配向性を有する部位を有するモノマーと、第1の特定重合体については(c)熱架橋性基を有するモノマーとを重合することによって得られる。また、上記以外のその他のモノマーと共重合することができる。その他のモノマーとしては、例えば工業的に入手できるラジカル重合反応可能なモノマーが挙げられる。
<Method for producing specific polymer>
The first and second specific polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention are (A-1) a monomer having at least one functional group selected from a carboxyl group, an amino group and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (A-1). And (b) a monomer having a photo-alignment site and (c) a monomer having a thermally crosslinkable group for the first specific polymer. Moreover, it can copolymerize with other monomers other than the above. Examples of other monomers include industrially available monomers capable of radical polymerization reaction.
 その他のモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物及びビニル化合物等、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、アクリルアミド等のアクリルアミド化合物、窒素含有芳香族複素環基および重合性基を含有するモノマーが挙げられる。 Specific examples of other monomers include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds and vinyl compounds, N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl ( Examples thereof include monomers containing acrylamide compounds such as (meth) acrylamide and acrylamide, nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic groups and polymerizable groups.
 アクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、ナフチルアクリレート、アントリルアクリレート、アントリルメチルアクリレート、フェニルアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、tert-ブチルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3-メトキシブチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic ester compound include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl. Acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate, Beauty, etc. 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate.
 メタクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、イソプロピルメタクリレート、ヘキサデシルメタクリレート、オクタデシルメタクリレート等のアルキル基含有メタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、ナフチルメタクリレート、アントリルメタクリレート、アントリルメチルメタクリレート、フェニルメタクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルメタクリレート、tert-ブチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、イソボルニルメタクリレート、2-メトキシエチルメタクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、2-エトキシエチルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、3-メトキシブチルメタクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the methacrylic acid ester compound include alkyl group-containing methacrylates such as methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate, octadecyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2 , 2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 3-methoxybutyl Methacrylate, 2-methyl 2-adamantyl methacrylate, 2-propyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate, and, 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate.
 ビニル化合物としては、例えば、ビニルエーテル、メチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、フェニルビニルエーテル、及び、プロピルビニルエーテル等が挙げられる。
 スチレン化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、ブロモスチレン等が挙げられる。
 窒素含有芳香族複素環は、下記式[N-a]~[N-b](式中、Zは炭素数1~5の直鎖または分岐アルキル基である)からなる群から選ばれる構造を少なくとも1個、好ましくは1個~4個含有する芳香族環式炭化水素であるのがよい。
Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring is a structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas [Na] to [Nb] (wherein Z 2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) It may be an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon containing at least 1, preferably 1 to 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 具体的には、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、キノリン環、1-ピラゾリン環、イソキノリン環、チアジアゾール環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、ピラジン環、フェナントロリン環、キノキサリン環、ベンゾチアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、アクリジン環などを挙げることができる。さらに、これら窒素含有芳香族複素環の炭素原子には、ヘテロ原子を含む置換基を有していてもよい。これらのうち、例えば、ピリジン環が挙げられる。 Specifically, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, 1-pyrazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, pyrazine ring, phenanthroline ring, quinoxaline ring, benzothiazole ring, An oxadiazole ring, an acridine ring, etc. can be mentioned. Furthermore, the carbon atom of these nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles may have a substituent containing a heteroatom. Among these, for example, a pyridine ring can be mentioned.
 窒素含有芳香族複素環基及び重合性基を有するモノマーとして、例えば、2-(2-ピリジルカルボニルオキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(3-ピリジルカルボニルオキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(4-ピリジルカルボニルオキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、等が挙げられる。 Examples of monomers having a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group and a polymerizable group include 2- (2-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (3-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (4-pyridylcarbonyloxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
 アクリルアミド化合物として、上述のN-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、
N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、及びアクリルアミド以外、メタアクリルアミド、N-メチルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチルアクリルアミド、N-メチルメタアクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルメタアクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチルメタアクリルアミド、等が挙げられる。
As the acrylamide compound, the above-mentioned N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide,
Other than N-butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide and acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-methylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-diethylacrylamide, N-methylmethacrylamide, N, N-dimethylmethacrylamide, N , N-diethylmethacrylamide, and the like.
 本発明に用いるその他のモノマーは1種類単独で用いてもよく、また2種以上のモノマーを組合せて用いてもよい。
 上記その他のモノマーの含有量は、第1の特定重合体((A)成分)の0~60mol%、0~40mol%、又は1~40mol%、又は5~40mol%、60~99mol%、又は60~95mol%、60~99mol%、又は60~95mol%、0~20mol%、又は1~20mol%、又は5~20mol%含まれることが好ましい。この場合において前記分子内に極性基を有する部位と光反応性の部位及び熱架橋性を有する部位との合計が、第1の特定重合体(A)成分の40~100mol%、60~100mol%、80~100mol%、又は80~99mol%、又は80~95mol%が好ましい。
 または、その他のモノマーの含有量は、第2の特定重合体((A)成分)の0~60mol%、0~40mol%、又は1~40mol%、又は5~40mol%含まれることが好ましい。この場合において前記分子内に極性基を有する部位と光反応性の部位との合計が、第2の特定重合体((A)成分)の40~100mol%、60~100mol%、又は60~99mol%、又は60~95mol%が好ましい。
Other monomers used in the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more monomers.
The content of the other monomer is 0 to 60 mol%, 0 to 40 mol%, or 1 to 40 mol%, or 5 to 40 mol%, 60 to 99 mol% of the first specific polymer (component (A)), or It is preferably contained in 60 to 95 mol%, 60 to 99 mol%, or 60 to 95 mol%, 0 to 20 mol%, or 1 to 20 mol%, or 5 to 20 mol%. In this case, the total of the part having a polar group in the molecule, the photoreactive part, and the part having thermal crosslinkability is 40 to 100 mol%, 60 to 100 mol% of the first specific polymer (A) component. 80 to 100 mol%, or 80 to 99 mol%, or 80 to 95 mol% is preferable.
Alternatively, the content of other monomers is preferably 0 to 60 mol%, 0 to 40 mol%, 1 to 40 mol%, or 5 to 40 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)). In this case, the total of the site having a polar group in the molecule and the photoreactive site is 40 to 100 mol%, 60 to 100 mol%, or 60 to 99 mol% of the second specific polymer (component (A)). %, Or 60 to 95 mol% is preferable.
 本発明における第1及び第2の特定重合体の製造方法については、特に限定されるものではなく、工業的に扱われている汎用な方法が利用できる。具体的には、モノマーのビニル基を利用したカチオン重合やラジカル重合、アニオン重合により製造することができる。これらの中では反応制御のしやすさなどの観点からラジカル重合が特に好ましい。
 ラジカル重合の重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤や、可逆的付加-開裂型連鎖移動(RAFT)重合試薬等の公知の化合物を使用することができる。
The method for producing the first and second specific polymers in the present invention is not particularly limited, and a general-purpose method handled industrially can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization, or anionic polymerization using the vinyl group of the monomer. Among these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of ease of reaction control.
As a polymerization initiator for radical polymerization, a known compound such as a radical polymerization initiator or a reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization reagent can be used.
 ラジカル熱重合開始剤は、分解温度以上に加熱することにより、ラジカルを発生させる化合物である。このようなラジカル熱重合開始剤としては、例えば、ケトンパーオキサイド類(メチルエチルケトンパーオキサイド、シクロヘキサノンパーオキサイド等)、ジアシルパーオキサイド類(アセチルパーオキサイド、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド等)、ハイドロパーオキサイド類(過酸化水素、tert-ブチルハイドパーオキサイド、クメンハイドロパーオキサイド等)、ジアルキルパーオキサイド類(ジ-tert-ブチルパーオキサイド、ジクミルパーオキサイド、ジラウロイルパーオキサイド等)、パーオキシケタール類(ジブチルパーオキシシクロヘキサン等)、アルキルパーエステル類(パーオキシネオデカン酸-tert-ブチルエステル、パーオキシピバリン酸-tert-ブチルエステル、パーオキシ 2-エチルシクロヘキサン酸-tert-アミルエステル等)、過硫酸塩類(過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸ナトリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム等)、アゾ系化合物(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、および2,2′-ジ(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等)が挙げられる。
 このようなラジカル熱重合開始剤は、1種を単独で使用することもできるし、あるいは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することもできる。
The radical thermal polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heating to a decomposition temperature or higher. Examples of such radical thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides (methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, etc.), diacyl peroxides (acetyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, etc.), hydroperoxides (peroxidation). Hydrogen, tert-butyl hydride peroxide, cumene hydroperoxide, etc.), dialkyl peroxides (di-tert-butyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, dilauroyl peroxide, etc.), peroxyketals (dibutyl peroxycyclohexane) Etc.), alkyl peresters (peroxyneodecanoic acid-tert-butyl ester, peroxypivalic acid-tert-butyl ester, peroxy 2-ethylcyclohexa Acid-tert-amyl ester), persulfates (potassium persulfate, sodium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, etc.), azo compounds (azobisisobutyronitrile, and 2,2′-di (2-hydroxyethyl) And azobisisobutyronitrile).
Such radical thermal polymerization initiators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 ラジカル光重合開始剤は、ラジカル重合を光照射によって開始する化合物であれば特に限定されない。このようなラジカル光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、イソプロピルキサントン等、公知の化合物を挙げることができる。これらの化合物は単独で使用してもよく、2つ以上を混合して使用することもできる。
 ラジカル重合法は、特に制限されるものでなく、乳化重合法、懸濁重合法、分散重合法、沈殿重合法、塊状重合法、溶液重合法等を用いることができる。
The radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation. Examples of such radical photopolymerization initiators include known compounds such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and isopropylxanthone. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and an emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
 第1及び第2の特定重合体の重合反応に用いる溶媒としては、生成した高分子が溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。具体例としては、上記の溶媒、例えば、N-アルキル-2-ピロリドン類、ジアルキルイミダゾリジノン類、ラクトン類、カーボネート類、ケトン類、上記式(Sv-1)で表される化合物及び上記式(Sv-2)で表される化合物、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、ジメチルスルホン、ジメチルスルホキシド、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド等が挙げられる。
 これら溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、生成する高分子を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成した高分子が析出しない範囲で、上述の溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。
 また、ラジカル重合において溶媒中の酸素は重合反応を阻害する原因となるので、有機溶媒は可能な程度に脱気されたものを用いることが好ましい。
The solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the first and second specific polymers is not particularly limited as long as the produced polymer is soluble. Specific examples include the above solvents, for example, N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidones, dialkylimidazolidinones, lactones, carbonates, ketones, compounds represented by the above formula (Sv-1) and the above formulas. Examples include compounds represented by (Sv-2), tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, dimethyl sulfone, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethyl sulfoxide, and the like.
These solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the produced | generated polymer | macromolecule, you may mix and use it for the above-mentioned solvent in the range which the produced | generated polymer does not precipitate.
In radical polymerization, oxygen in the solvent causes the polymerization reaction to be hindered. Therefore, it is preferable to use an organic solvent that has been deaerated to the extent possible.
 ラジカル重合の際の重合温度は30~150℃の任意の温度を選択することができるが、好ましくは50~100℃の範囲である。また、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができるが、モノマー濃度は、好ましくは1~50質量%、より好ましくは5~30質量%であるのがよい。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、有機溶媒を追加することができる。
 上述のラジカル重合反応においては、ラジカル重合開始剤の比率がモノマーに対して多いと得られる高分子の分子量が小さくなり、少ないと得られる高分子の分子量が大きくなるので、ラジカル開始剤の比率は重合させるモノマーに対して0.1~10mol%であることが好ましい。また重合時には各種モノマー成分や溶媒、開始剤などを追加することもできる。
The polymerization temperature at the time of radical polymerization can be arbitrarily selected from 30 to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 to 100 ° C. The reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but the monomer concentration is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
In the above-mentioned radical polymerization reaction, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is decreased when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, and the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is increased when the ratio is small, the ratio of the radical initiator is The content is preferably 0.1 to 10 mol% with respect to the monomer to be polymerized. Further, various monomer components, solvents, initiators and the like can be added during the polymerization.
[重合体の回収]
 上述の反応により得られた反応溶液から、生成した高分子を回収する場合には、反応溶液を貧溶媒に投入して、それら重合体を沈殿させれば良い。沈殿に用いる貧溶媒としては、メタノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン、ジエチルエーテル、メチルエチルエーテル、水等を挙げることができる。貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させた重合体は、濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2回~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の貧溶媒として、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素等が挙げられ、これらの中から選ばれる3種類以上の貧溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。
[Recovery of polymer]
When the produced polymer is recovered from the reaction solution obtained by the above-described reaction, the reaction solution is poured into a poor solvent to precipitate these polymers. Examples of the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, heptane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, ethanol, toluene, benzene, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, and water. The polymer deposited in a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating. In addition, when the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
 本発明の重合体の分子量は、得られる塗膜の強度、塗膜形成時の作業性、および塗膜の均一性を考慮した場合、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定した重量平均分子量が、2000~1000000が好ましく、より好ましくは、5000~100000である。 The molecular weight of the polymer of the present invention is the weight average molecular weight measured by the GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method, in consideration of the strength of the obtained coating film, the workability at the time of coating film formation, and the uniformity of the coating film. 2000 to 1000000 is preferable, and 5000 to 100,000 is more preferable.
[液晶配向剤の調製]
 本発明に用いられる液晶配向剤(すなわち、重合体組成物)は、液晶配向膜の形成に好適となるように塗布液として調製されることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明の液晶配向剤は、樹脂被膜を形成するための樹脂成分が有機溶媒に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。ここで、その樹脂成分とは、既に説明した第1及び第2の特定重合体((A)成分)である。その際、第1の特定重合体の含有量は、液晶配向剤全体に対して0.5~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは1~20質量%、さらに好ましくは1~15質量%、特に好ましくは1~10質量%であるのがよい。または、第2の特定重合体の含有量は、液晶配向剤全体に対して0.5~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは1~20質量%、特に好ましくは1~10質量%であるのがよい。
[Preparation of liquid crystal aligning agent]
It is preferable that the liquid crystal aligning agent (namely, polymer composition) used for this invention is prepared as a coating liquid so that it may become suitable for formation of a liquid crystal aligning film. That is, the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent. Here, the resin component is the first and second specific polymers (component (A)) already described. In that case, the content of the first specific polymer is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, still more preferably 1 to 15% by mass, particularly with respect to the entire liquid crystal aligning agent. The content is preferably 1 to 10% by mass. Alternatively, the content of the second specific polymer is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 10% by mass with respect to the entire liquid crystal aligning agent. Is good.
 本実施形態の重合体組成物において、前述の樹脂成分は、全てが上述した極性基を有する部位と、光配向性を有する部位と、第1の特定重合体の場合、熱架橋性基を有する部位とを有する重合体であってもよいが、それら以外の他の重合体(以下、「その他の重合体」ともいう)が混合されていてもよい。その際、樹脂成分中におけるその他の重合体の含有量として、(A)成分とその他の重合体の合計100質量部に対し、5~95質量部、又は10~90質量部を挙げることができる。
 そのような他の重合体は、例えば、ポリ(メタ)アクリレートやポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステルやポリイミド等からなり、本発明が1の特定重合体を用いる場合、該第1の特定重合体が有する(A-1)~(A-3)の部位、本発明が第2の特定重合体を用いる場合、該第2の特定重合体が有する(A-1)~(A-2)の部位、を有していないか、第1の特定重合体の場合は(A-1)~(A-3)から選ばれる1種、及び2種の部位のみを、第2の特定重合体の場合は(A-1)~(A-2)のどちらか一方のみを有する重合体等が挙げられる。
In the polymer composition of the present embodiment, the above-described resin component has a part having the polar group described above, a part having photoalignment, and a thermally crosslinkable group in the case of the first specific polymer. However, other polymers (hereinafter, also referred to as “other polymers”) may be mixed. At that time, the content of the other polymer in the resin component may be 5 to 95 parts by mass, or 10 to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass in total of the component (A) and the other polymer. .
Such other polymer is composed of, for example, poly (meth) acrylate, polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester, polyimide, etc., and when the present invention uses one specific polymer, the first specific polymer has (A-1) to (A-3) sites, and when the present invention uses the second specific polymer, the (A-1) to (A-2) sites of the second specific polymer, In the case of the first specific polymer, only one and two sites selected from (A-1) to (A-3) are used, and in the case of the second specific polymer, Examples thereof include polymers having only one of (A-1) to (A-2).
<他の成分>
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、上記特性重合体成分以外の他の成分を含有してもよい。このような他の成分としては、第2の態様で用いられる(B)成分、即ち分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含有する化合物;及びその他の架橋性化合物(以下、これらを総称して「架橋剤成分」とも称する)や、液晶配向剤を塗布した際の、膜厚均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物、液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物、等を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
<Other ingredients>
The liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention may contain other components other than the said characteristic polymer component. Such other components are selected from the group consisting of component (B) used in the second embodiment, that is, two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule. Compound containing at least one group; and other crosslinkable compounds (hereinafter collectively referred to as “crosslinking agent components”) and liquid crystal aligning agent when applied with film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness Examples thereof include compounds that improve the adhesion, compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate, and the like, but are not limited thereto.
<架橋剤成分>
1.分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を含有する化合物
 上述の(B)成分である。第1の態様において、第2の態様で用いられる(B)成分を含有させてもよい。
<Crosslinking agent component>
1. The compound containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of two or more epoxy groups, thiirane groups, hydroxyalkylamide groups, and benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule. In the first aspect, the component (B) used in the second aspect may be included.
2.その他の架橋性化合物
 その他の架橋性化合物としては、国際公開公報WO2016/047771の段落[0109]~[0113]に記載の、イソシアネート基、オキセタン基、若しくはシクロカーボネート基を有する化合物、又は、ヒドロキシ基、ヒドロキシアルキル基及び低級アルコキシアルキル基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する化合物の他、ブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。
2. Other crosslinkable compounds As other crosslinkable compounds, compounds having an isocyanate group, an oxetane group, or a cyclocarbonate group described in paragraphs [0109] to [0113] of International Publication WO2016 / 047771, or a hydroxy group In addition to a compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyalkyl group and a lower alkoxyalkyl group, a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, and the like can be mentioned.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、コロネートAPステーブルM、コロネート2503、2515、2507、2513、2555、ミリオネートMS-50(以上、日本ポリウレタン工業(株)製)、タケネートB-830、B-815N、B-820NSU、B-842N、B-846N、B-870N、B-874N、B-882N(以上、三井化学(株)製)等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the blocked isocyanate compound include Coronate AP Stable M, Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-846N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) and the like can be mentioned.
 (B)成分又はこれらの架橋剤成分の使用量は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分100質量部に対して、0.1~40質量部、好ましくは0.1質量部~30質量部、より好ましくは1質量部~20質量部であるのがよい。 Component (B) or the amount of these crosslinking agent components used is 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. Part, more preferably 1 part by weight to 20 parts by weight.
[膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物]
 膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤およびノ二オン系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
 具体的には、例えば、エフトップ(登録商標)301、EF303、EF352(トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファック(登録商標)F171、F173、R-30(DIC社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガード(登録商標)AG710(旭硝子社製)、サーフロン(登録商標)S-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(AGCセイミケミカル社製)等が挙げられる。
 これらの界面活性剤の使用割合は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分の100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01質量部~1質量部である。
[Compounds that improve film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness]
Examples of the compound that improves film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
Specifically, for example, Ftop (registered trademark) 301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC), Florard FC430, FC431 ( Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.) .
The use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. Part by mass.
[液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物]
 液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物の具体例としては、次に示す官能性シラン含有化合物などが挙げられる。
 例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-トリエトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、N-トリメトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、10-トリメトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、10-トリエトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、9-トリメトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、9-トリエトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のアミノ系シラン含有化合物が挙げられる。
 基板との密着性を向上させる化合物を使用する場合、その使用量は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分100質量部に対して0.1質量部~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1質量部~20質量部である。
[Compound for improving adhesion between liquid crystal alignment film and substrate]
Specific examples of the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds.
For example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxy Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-to Ethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltri Methoxysilane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-amino Examples thereof include amino silane-containing compounds such as propyltrimethoxysilane and N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane.
When using a compound that improves the adhesion to the substrate, the amount used is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. More preferably, it is 1 to 20 parts by mass.
 ある実施形態において、光配向性基の光反応性を向上させるために添加剤として、光増感剤を用いることもできる。具体例として、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン(ベンゾフェノン)、クマリン、ケトクマリン、カルボニルビスクマリン、アセトフェノン、アントラキノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、およびアセトフェノンケタール等を挙げることができる。 In an embodiment, a photosensitizer can be used as an additive in order to improve the photoreactivity of the photoalignable group. Specific examples include aromatic 2-hydroxyketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonyl biscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal.
<液晶配向膜及び液晶表示素子>
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、基板上に塗布、焼成した後、ラビング処理や光照射などで配向処理をして、又は一部の垂直配向用途などでは配向処理無しで液晶配向膜とすることができる。基板としては、例えばフロートガラス、ソーダガラスなどのガラス;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリカーボネート、ポリ(脂環式オレフィン)、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)樹脂フィルム、ポリサルホン(PSF)、ポリエーテルサルホン(PES)、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、アクリル及びトリアセチルセルロースなどのプラスチックからなる透明基板を用いることができる。
 基板の一面に設けられる透明導電膜としては、酸化スズ(SnO)からなるNESA膜(米国PPG社登録商標)、酸化インジウム-酸化スズ(In-SnO)からなるITO膜などを用いることができる。
<Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention may be applied to a substrate and baked, and then subjected to an alignment treatment by rubbing treatment, light irradiation, or the like, or may be used as a liquid crystal alignment film without an alignment treatment in some vertical alignment applications. it can. Examples of substrates include glass such as float glass and soda glass; polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyethersulfone, polycarbonate, poly (cycloaliphatic olefin), polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, and polyether ether. A transparent substrate made of a plastic such as a ketone (PEEK) resin film, polysulfone (PSF), polyethersulfone (PES), polyamide, polyimide, acrylic, and triacetyl cellulose can be used.
As the transparent conductive film provided on one surface of the substrate, a NESA film (registered trademark of US PPG) made of tin oxide (SnO 2 ), an ITO film made of indium oxide-tin oxide (In 2 O 3 -SnO 2 ), etc. Can be used.
<塗膜形成工程>
 本発明の液晶配向剤の塗布方法は特に限定されないが、スクリーン印刷、フレキソ印刷、オフセット印刷、インクジェット、ディップコーティング、ロールコーティング、スリットコーティング、スピンコーティングなどがあり、目的に応じてこれらを用いてもよい。これらの方法により基板上に塗布した後、ホットプレートなどの加熱手段により溶媒を蒸発させて、塗膜を形成させることができる。
<Coating film formation process>
The application method of the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, but there are screen printing, flexographic printing, offset printing, inkjet, dip coating, roll coating, slit coating, spin coating, etc., and these may be used depending on the purpose. Good. After coating on the substrate by these methods, the solvent can be evaporated by a heating means such as a hot plate to form a coating film.
 液晶配向剤を塗布した後の焼成は、40~300℃の任意の温度で行うことができるが、好ましくは40℃~250℃であり、より好ましくは40℃~230℃である。プラスチック基板からなる透明基板を用いる場合は、40~150℃とすることが好ましく、80~140℃とすることがより好ましい。焼成時間は、0.1~15分とすることが好ましく、1~10分とすることがより好ましい。
 基板上に形成される塗膜の膜厚は、好ましくは5~1,000nmであり、より好ましくは10~500nm又は10~300nmである。この焼成はホットプレート、熱風循環炉、赤外線炉などで行うことができる。
 ラビング処理には、レーヨン布、ナイロン布、コットン布などを使用することができる。
Firing after applying the liquid crystal aligning agent can be performed at an arbitrary temperature of 40 to 300 ° C., preferably 40 to 250 ° C., more preferably 40 to 230 ° C. When a transparent substrate made of a plastic substrate is used, it is preferably 40 to 150 ° C., more preferably 80 to 140 ° C. The firing time is preferably 0.1 to 15 minutes, more preferably 1 to 10 minutes.
The film thickness of the coating film formed on the substrate is preferably 5 to 1,000 nm, more preferably 10 to 500 nm or 10 to 300 nm. This baking can be performed with a hot plate, a hot-air circulating furnace, an infrared furnace, or the like.
For the rubbing treatment, rayon cloth, nylon cloth, cotton cloth or the like can be used.
<光照射工程>
 ある実施形態において光照射による配向処理を行ってもよく、例えば上記の液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程と、前記塗膜が液晶層と接触していない状態で又は液晶層と接触した状態で前記塗膜に光照射する工程とを含んでもよい。
<Light irradiation process>
In an embodiment, alignment treatment by light irradiation may be performed, for example, a step of applying the liquid crystal aligning agent on a substrate to form a coating film, and the coating film is not in contact with the liquid crystal layer or A step of irradiating the coating film with light in contact with the liquid crystal layer.
 光照射による配向処理で照射する光としては、例えば150~800nmの波長の光を含む紫外線、可視光線などを挙げることができる。これらのうち、300~400nmの波長の光を含む紫外線が好ましい。照射光は偏光であっても非偏光であってもよい。偏光としては、直線偏光を含む光を使用することが好ましい。 Examples of the light irradiated in the alignment treatment by light irradiation include ultraviolet light and visible light including light having a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm. Of these, ultraviolet rays containing light having a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm are preferable. Irradiation light may be polarized or non-polarized. As the polarized light, it is preferable to use light including linearly polarized light.
 光の照射は、用いる光が偏光である場合には、基板面に垂直の方向から行っても斜め方向から行ってもよく、あるいはこれらを組み合わせて行ってもよい。非偏光を照射する場合には、基板面に対して斜めの方向から行うことが好ましい。
 光の照射量は、0.1mJ/cm以上1,000mJ/cm未満とすることが好ましく、1~500mJ/cmとすることがより好ましく、2~200mJ/cmとすることがさらに好ましい。
When the light to be used is polarized light, the light irradiation may be performed from a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface, an oblique direction, or a combination thereof. In the case of irradiating non-polarized light, it is preferably performed from a direction oblique to the substrate surface.
The dose of light is preferably set to 0.1 mJ / cm 2 or more 1,000 mJ / cm less than 2, more preferably, to 1 ~ 500 mJ / cm 2, be 2 ~ 200 mJ / cm 2 further preferable.
 本発明の液晶表示素子は通常の方法により作製することができ、その作製方法は特に限定されるものではない。 上記一対の基板が、適正なギャップを介して対向し、基板間に挟持される液晶補厚さを均一とする目的で、基板間にスペーサーを配置することが好ましい。このスペーサーとしては、旧来からの散布型スペーサー、感光性のスペーサー形成用組成物から形成されたスペーサーなどの公知のスペーサー材料を使用することができるほか、液晶硬化物からなる層に形成した凹凸をスペーサーとして使用することも可能である。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be produced by a usual method, and the production method is not particularly limited.ス ペ ー サ ー Preferably, the pair of substrates are opposed to each other with an appropriate gap, and a spacer is disposed between the substrates for the purpose of uniforming the thickness of the liquid crystal sandwiched between the substrates. As this spacer, a known spacer material such as a conventional scattering type spacer or a spacer formed from a photosensitive spacer forming composition can be used, and irregularities formed in a layer made of a liquid crystal cured product can be used. It can also be used as a spacer.
<液晶挟持工程>
 基板間に液晶を挟持して液晶セルを構成するには、例えば以下の2つの方法を挙げることができる。第1の方法として、各液晶配向膜が対向するように間隙(セルギャップ)を介して一対の基板を対向配置し、該一対の基板の周辺部をシール剤を用いて貼り合わせ、基板表面および適当なシール剤により区画されたセルギャップ内に液晶を注入充填した後、注入孔を封止することにより、液晶セルを製造する方法を挙げることができる。
<Liquid crystal sandwiching process>
For example, the following two methods can be used to form a liquid crystal cell by sandwiching liquid crystal between substrates. As a first method, a pair of substrates are arranged to face each other through a gap (cell gap) so that the liquid crystal alignment films face each other, and the peripheral portions of the pair of substrates are bonded together using a sealant, and the substrate surface and A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be mentioned by injecting and filling liquid crystal into a cell gap partitioned by an appropriate sealing agent, and then sealing the injection hole.
 第2の方法として、液晶配向膜を形成した2枚の基板のうちの一方の基板上の所定の場所に例えば紫外光硬化性のシール材を塗布し、さらに液晶配向膜面上の所定の数カ所に液晶を滴下した後、液晶配向膜が対向するように他方の基板を貼り合わせるとともに液晶を基板全面に押し広げ、次いで基板の全面に紫外光を照射してシール剤を硬化することにより、液晶セルを製造する方法(ODF(One Drop Fill)法)を挙げることができる。 As a second method, for example, an ultraviolet light curable sealing material is applied to a predetermined location on one of the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and further, a predetermined number of locations on the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film. After the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal, the other substrate is bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces, and the liquid crystal is spread over the entire surface of the substrate. A method of manufacturing a cell (ODF (One Drop Fill) method) can be mentioned.
 液晶としては、用途に応じて正や負の誘電率異方性を有するフッ素系液晶やシアノ系液晶、また加熱および光照射のうちの少なくとも1種の処理によって重合する液晶化合物または液晶組成物(以下、重合性液晶又は硬化性液晶組成物ともいう)を用いても良い。
 ある実施形態において、前記液晶配向剤の塗膜を形成する工程が、ロール・ツー・ロール方式によって行われてもよい。ロール・ツー・ロール方式によって行われると、液晶表示素子の製造工程を簡略化し、もって製造コストを削減することが可能となる。
 そして、前記液晶セルの外側両面に偏光板を貼付することにより、液晶表示素子を得ることができる。
As the liquid crystal, a fluorine-based liquid crystal or a cyano-based liquid crystal having positive or negative dielectric anisotropy depending on the use, or a liquid crystal compound or liquid crystal composition that is polymerized by at least one treatment of heating and light irradiation ( Hereinafter, a polymerizable liquid crystal or a curable liquid crystal composition) may be used.
In a certain embodiment, the process of forming the coating film of the said liquid crystal aligning agent may be performed by a roll-to-roll system. When performed by the roll-to-roll method, the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element can be simplified, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
And a liquid crystal display element can be obtained by sticking a polarizing plate on both outer sides of the liquid crystal cell.
 液晶セルの外側に使用される偏光板としては、ポリビニルアルコールを延伸配向させながらヨウ素を吸収させた「H膜」と呼ばれる偏光膜を酢酸セルロース保護膜で挟んだ偏光板、またはH膜そのものからなる偏光板などを挙げることができる。
 上記のようにして本発明の液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜は、液晶配向性が良好であり、プレチルト角発現能にも優れ、且つ高い信頼性が得られる。また、本発明の方法によって製造された液晶表示素子は優れた表示特性を有する。
The polarizing plate used outside the liquid crystal cell is composed of a polarizing film called “H film” in which polyvinyl alcohol is stretched and oriented while absorbing iodine and sandwiched between cellulose acetate protective films, or the H film itself. A polarizing plate etc. can be mentioned.
As described above, the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention has good liquid crystal alignment properties, excellent pretilt angle expression ability, and high reliability. Moreover, the liquid crystal display element manufactured by the method of the present invention has excellent display characteristics.
 実施例で使用した光配向性基を有するモノマー(以下、「光配向性モノマー」と称する)として「MA-1」、「MA-2」で表されるモノマーを、極性基を有するモノマー(以下、「極性モノマー」と称する)として「MAA」、又は「VBA」で表されるモノマーを、
架橋性基を有するモノマー(以下、「架橋性モノマー」と称する)として「GMA」で表されるモノマーを、(B)成分の化合物(以下、「架橋剤成分」と称する)として「TETRAD-C」又は「YH-434-L」で表される化合物の構造をそれぞれ以下に示す。
 尚、「MA-2」は下記合成例1に記載の合成法にて合成した。「MAA(メタクリル酸)」、「VBA(ビニル安息香酸)」、「MMA」、「C18」、並びに、「TETRAD-C」と「YH-434-L」は、市販で購入可能な試薬を用いた。
(光配向性モノマー)
Monomers represented by “MA-1” and “MA-2” as monomers having a photo-alignment group (hereinafter referred to as “photo-alignment monomer”) used in the examples are monomers having a polar group (hereinafter referred to as “photo-alignment monomer”). , Referred to as “polar monomer”), a monomer represented by “MAA” or “VBA”,
A monomer represented by “GMA” as a monomer having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter referred to as “crosslinkable monomer”), and “TETRAD-C” as a compound of component (B) (hereinafter referred to as “crosslinker component”). The structures of the compounds represented by “YH-434-L” are shown below.
“MA-2” was synthesized by the synthesis method described in Synthesis Example 1 below. “MAA (methacrylic acid)”, “VBA (vinyl benzoic acid)”, “MMA”, “C18”, “TETRAD-C” and “YH-434-L” use commercially available reagents It was.
(Photo-alignment monomer)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(極性モノマー)
MAA:メタクリル酸
VBA:4-ビニル安息香酸
(Polar monomer)
MAA: Methacrylic acid VBA: 4-Vinylbenzoic acid
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(架橋性モノマー)
GMA:メタクリル酸グリシジル
(Crosslinkable monomer)
GMA: Glycidyl methacrylate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(その他モノマー)
MMA:メチルメタクリレート
C12:ドデシルメタクリレート
C18:オクタデシルメタクリレート
MOI-BP:2-[(3,5-ジメチルピラゾリル)カルボニルアミノ]エチルメタクリレート
(Other monomers)
MMA: methyl methacrylate C12: dodecyl methacrylate C18: octadecyl methacrylate MOI-BP: 2-[(3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl) carbonylamino] ethyl methacrylate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(架橋剤成分)
TETRAD-C:1,3-ビス(N,N’-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン
YH-434-L:N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン
Primid:下記式(Primid)で表されるβ-ヒドロキシアルキルアミド
(Crosslinking agent component)
TETRAD-C: 1,3-bis (N, N′-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane YH-434-L: N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane Primid: Β-hydroxyalkylamide represented by the formula (Primid)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 その他、本実施例で用いる試薬の略号を以下に示す。
(重合開始剤)
 AIBN:アゾビスイソブチロニトリル
(溶媒)
 PGME:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
 CHN:シクロヘキサノン
In addition, the abbreviations of the reagents used in this example are shown below.
(Polymerization initiator)
AIBN: Azobisisobutyronitrile (solvent)
PGME: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether CHN: Cyclohexanone
HNMRの測定>
 装置:フーリエ変換型超伝導核磁気共鳴装置(FT-NMR)「INOVA-400」(Varian製)400MHz。
溶媒:重水素化クロロホルム(CDCl)又は重水素化N,N-ジメチルスルホキシド([D]-DMSO)。
標準物質:テトラメチルシラン(TMS)。
<Measurement of 1 HNMR>
Apparatus: Fourier transform type superconducting nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (FT-NMR) “INOVA-400” (manufactured by Varian) 400 MHz.
Solvent: deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ) or deuterated N, N-dimethyl sulfoxide ([D 6 ] -DMSO).
Standard substance: Tetramethylsilane (TMS).
<モノマー合成例1>
[MA-1]の合成:
<Monomer Synthesis Example 1>
Synthesis of [MA-1]:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 2L四つ口フラスコに、1-ブロモ-4-(trans-4-プロピルシクロヘキシル)-ベンゼン(150.0g、533mmol)、アクリル酸tert-ブチル(102.5g、800mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.39g、11mmol)、トリ(o-トリル)ホスフィン(6.49g、21mmol)、トリプロピルアミン(229.3g、1600mmol)及びDMAc(750g)を加えて、100℃に加熱しながら攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を濾過して不溶物を除去し、濾液を純水(3.8L)に注ぎ、12N-HCl水溶液で中和した。中和後、酢酸エチル(2.5L)を注ぎ、抽出を行った。抽出した有機層に無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて脱水乾燥し、無水硫酸マグネシウムを濾過した。得られた濾液をロータリーエバポレーターにて溶媒留去し、粗物を冷メタノール(180g)にてリパルプ洗浄することで、[MA-1-1](白色固体)を144.0g得た(収率82%)。 In a 2 L four-necked flask, 1-bromo-4- (trans-4-propylcyclohexyl) -benzene (150.0 g, 533 mmol), tert-butyl acrylate (102.5 g, 800 mmol), palladium acetate (2.39 g) , 11 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (6.49 g, 21 mmol), tripropylamine (229.3 g, 1600 mmol) and DMAc (750 g) were added and stirred while heating to 100 ° C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered to remove insoluble matters, and the filtrate was poured into pure water (3.8 L) and neutralized with 12N-HCl aqueous solution. After neutralization, ethyl acetate (2.5 L) was poured and extracted. To the extracted organic layer, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, dehydrated and dried, and anhydrous magnesium sulfate was filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the crude product was repulped with cold methanol (180 g) to obtain 144.0 g of [MA-1-1] (white solid) (yield) 82%).
 2L四つ口フラスコに、[MA-1-1](144.0g、441mmol)、ギ酸(1000g)を加えて、50℃に加熱しながら攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を純水(3.0L)に注ぎ、沈殿物を濾過した。得られた粗物を酢酸エチル(200g)にてリパルプ洗浄することで、[MA-1-2](白色固体)を111.1g得た(収率92%)。目的物のH-NMRの結果を以下に示す。この結果から、得られた固体が、目的の[MA-1-2]であることを確認した。
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D6]-DMSO):δ12.34 (s,1H), 7.53-7.60 (m,3H), 7.25-7.27 (d,2H), 6.44-6.48 (d,1H), 2.45-2.51 (t,1H), 1.76-1.83 (t,4H), 1.28-1.48 (m,5H), 1.15-1.21 (m,2H), 0.97-1.07 (m,2H), 0.87-0.89 (t,3H).
[MA-1-1] (144.0 g, 441 mmol) and formic acid (1000 g) were added to a 2 L four-necked flask and stirred while heating to 50 ° C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into pure water (3.0 L), and the precipitate was filtered. The obtained crude product was repulped with ethyl acetate (200 g) to obtain 111.1 g of [MA-1-2] (white solid) (yield 92%). The results of 1 H-NMR of the target product are shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that the obtained solid was the target [MA-1-2].
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D6] -DMSO): δ12.34 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.27 (d, 2H), 6.44-6.48 (d, 1H), 2.45 -2.51 (t, 1H), 1.76-1.83 (t, 4H), 1.28-1.48 (m, 5H), 1.15-1.21 (m, 2H), 0.97-1.07 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.89 (t, 3H).
 2L四つ口フラスコに、[MA-1-2](30.0g、110mmol)、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(17.2g、132mmol)、1-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-3-エチルカルボジイミド塩酸塩(EDC)(25.7g、165mmol)、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン(1.35g、11mmol)、THF(150g)を加えて、室温で攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を酢酸エチル(1.0L)に注ぎ、純水(800ml)を用いて抽出を行った。抽出した有機層に無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて脱水乾燥し、無水硫酸マグネシウムを濾過した。得られた濾液をロータリーエバポレーターにて溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(酢酸エチル:ヘキサン=1:5体積比)にて単離することで、[MA-1](白色固体)を26.8g得た(収率55%)。目的物のH-NMRの結果を以下に示す。この結果から、得られた固体が、目的の[MA-1]であることを確認した。
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D6]-DMSO):δ7.62-7.66 (m,3H), 7.25-7.27 (d,2H), 6.58-6.62 (d,1H), 6.05 (s,1H), 5.70 (s,1H), 4.37-4.42 (m,4H), 2.44-2.48 (t,1H), 1.88 (s,3H), 1.76-1.82 (t,4H), 1.24-1.47 (m,5H), 1.15-1.21 (m,2H), 0.96-1.06 (m,2H), 0.85-0.89 (t,3H).
In a 2 L four-necked flask, [MA-1-2] (30.0 g, 110 mmol), 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (17.2 g, 132 mmol), 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide Hydrochloride (EDC) (25.7 g, 165 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.35 g, 11 mmol) and THF (150 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into ethyl acetate (1.0 L) and extracted with pure water (800 ml). To the extracted organic layer, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, dehydrated and dried, and anhydrous magnesium sulfate was filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated by a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 5 volume ratio) to obtain 26.8 g of [MA-1] (white solid) (yield 55%). . The results of 1 H-NMR of the target product are shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that the obtained solid was the target [MA-1].
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D6] -DMSO): δ7.62-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.27 (d, 2H), 6.58-6.62 (d, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 4.37-4.42 (m, 4H), 2.44-2.48 (t, 1H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.76-1.82 (t, 4H), 1.24-1.47 (m, 5H), 1.15 -1.21 (m, 2H), 0.96-1.06 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.89 (t, 3H).
<モノマー合成例2>
[MA-2]の合成:
<Monomer Synthesis Example 2>
Synthesis of [MA-2]:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 2L四つ口フラスコに、1-?ブロモ-?4-?(trans-?4-ペンチルシクロヘキシル)-ベンゼン(150.0g、485mmol)、アクリル酸tert-ブチル(93.24g、728mmol)、酢酸パラジウム(2.18g、9.7mmol)、トリ(o-トリル)ホスフィン(5.90g、20mmol)、トリプロピルアミン(208.5g、1455mmol)及びDMAc(750g)を加えて、100℃に加熱しながら攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を濾過して不溶物を除去し、濾液を純水(3.8L)に注ぎ、12N-HCl水溶液で中和した。中和後、酢酸エチル(2.5L)を注ぎ、抽出を行った。抽出した有機層に無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて脱水乾燥し、無水硫酸マグネシウムを濾過した。得られた濾液をロータリーエバポレーターにて溶媒留去し、粗物を冷メタノール(190g)にてリパルプ洗浄することで、[MA-2-1](白色固体)を137.0g得た(収率79%)。 In a 2 L four-necked flask, 1-? Bromo-? 4-? (Trans-? 4-pentylcyclohexyl) -benzene (150.0 g, 485 mmol), tert-butyl acrylate (93.24 g, 728 mmol), palladium acetate (2.18 g, 9.7 mmol), tri (o-tolyl) phosphine (5.90 g, 20 mmol), tripropylamine (208.5 g, 1455 mmol) and DMAc (750 g) are added and heated to 100 ° C. Stir. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered to remove insoluble matters, and the filtrate was poured into pure water (3.8 L) and neutralized with 12N-HCl aqueous solution. After neutralization, ethyl acetate (2.5 L) was poured and extracted. To the extracted organic layer, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, dehydrated and dried, and anhydrous magnesium sulfate was filtered. The solvent of the obtained filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and the crude product was repulped with cold methanol (190 g) to obtain 137.0 g of [MA-2-1] (white solid) (yield) 79%).
 2L四つ口フラスコに、[MA-2-1](137.0g、384mmol)、ギ酸(1000g)を加えて、50℃に加熱しながら攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を純水(3.0L)に注ぎ、沈殿物を濾過した。得られた粗物を酢酸エチル(200g)にてリパルプ洗浄することで、[MA-2-2](白色固体)を111.8g得た(収率96%)。目的物のH-NMRの結果を以下に示す。この結果から、得られた固体が、目的の[MA-2-2]であることを確認した。
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D6]-DMSO):δ12.34 (s,1H), 7.53-7.60 (m,3H), 7.25-7.27 (d,2H), 6.44-6.48 (d,1H), 2.45-2.51 (t,1H), 1.77-1.83 (t,4H), 1.38-1.48 (m,2H), 1.17-1.34 (m,9H), 0.97-1.07 (m,2H), 0.87-0.89 (t,3H).
[MA-2-1] (137.0 g, 384 mmol) and formic acid (1000 g) were added to a 2 L four-necked flask and stirred while heating to 50 ° C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into pure water (3.0 L), and the precipitate was filtered. The obtained crude product was repulped with ethyl acetate (200 g) to obtain 111.8 g of [MA-2-2] (white solid) (yield 96%). The results of 1 H-NMR of the target product are shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that the obtained solid was the target [MA-2-2].
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D 6 ] -DMSO): δ12.34 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.27 (d, 2H), 6.44-6.48 (d, 1H), 2.45-2.51 (t, 1H), 1.77-1.83 (t, 4H), 1.38-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.34 (m, 9H), 0.97-1.07 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.89 (t , 3H).
 2L四つ口フラスコに、[MA-2-2](30.0g、100mmol)、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(15.6g、119mmol)、1-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-3-エチルカルボジイミド塩酸塩(EDC)(28.7g、150mmol)、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン(1.22g、10mmol)、THF(150g)を加えて、室温で攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を酢酸エチル(1.0L)に注ぎ、純水(800ml)を用いて抽出を行った。抽出した有機層に無水硫酸マグネシウムを加えて脱水乾燥し、無水硫酸マグネシウムを濾過した。得られた濾液をロータリーエバポレーターにて溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(酢酸エチル:ヘキサン=1:5体積比)にて単離することで、[MA-2](白色固体)を36.6g得た(収率88%)。目的物のH-NMRの結果を以下に示す。この結果から、得られた固体が、目的の[MA-2]であることを確認した。
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D6]-DMSO):δ7.62-7.66 (m,3H), 7.25-7.27 (d,2H), 6.58-6.62 (d,1H), 6.04 (s,1H), 5.70 (s,1H), 4.36-4.42 (m,4H), 2.48-2.52 (t,1H), 1.88 (s,3H), 1.76-1.83 (t,4H), 1.36-1.44 (m,2H), 1.18-1.31 (m,9H), 1.00-1.03 (m,2H), 0.85-0.88 (t,3H).
In a 2 L four-necked flask, [MA-2-2] (30.0 g, 100 mmol), 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (15.6 g, 119 mmol), 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide Hydrochloride (EDC) (28.7 g, 150 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.22 g, 10 mmol) and THF (150 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into ethyl acetate (1.0 L) and extracted with pure water (800 ml). To the extracted organic layer, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, dehydrated and dried, and anhydrous magnesium sulfate was filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated by a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: hexane = 1: 5 volume ratio) to obtain 36.6 g of [MA-2] (white solid) (yield 88%). . The results of 1 H-NMR of the target product are shown below. From this result, it was confirmed that the obtained solid was the target [MA-2].
1H NMR (400 MHz, [D 6 ] -DMSO): δ7.62-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.27 (d, 2H), 6.58-6.62 (d, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 4.36-4.42 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.52 (t, 1H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.76-1.83 (t, 4H), 1.36-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.18-1.31 (m, 9H), 1.00-1.03 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.88 (t, 3H).
(分子量測定)
 合成例におけるポリマーの分子量はセンシュー科学社製 常温ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)装置(SSC-7200、Shodex社製カラム(KD-803、KD-805)を用い以下のようにして測定した。
カラム温度:50℃
溶離液:DMF(添加剤として、臭化リチウム-水和物(LiBr・H2O)が30mmol/L、リン酸・無水結晶(o-リン酸)が30mmol/L、THFが10ml/L)
流速:1.0ml/分
 検量線作成用標準サンプル:東ソー社製 TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量約9000,000、150,000、100,000、30,000)、及び、ポリマーラボラトリー社製 ポリエチレングリコール(分子量 約12,000、4,000、1,000)。
(Molecular weight measurement)
The molecular weight of the polymer in the synthesis example was measured as follows using a room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) apparatus (SSC-7200, Shodex column (KD-803, KD-805) manufactured by Senshu Scientific.
Column temperature: 50 ° C
Eluent: DMF (as additives, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr · H 2 O) 30 mmol / L, phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) 30 mmol / L, THF 10 ml / L)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min Standard sample for preparing a calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight of about 9,000,150,000, 100,000, 30,000) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation and polyethylene glycol (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) Molecular weight about 12,000, 4,000, 1,000).
<メタクリレートポリマー合成例A1>
 MA-2(2.48g、6.01mmol)、GMA(0.14g、1.00mmol)及びMAA(1.2g、13.0mmol)をCHN(11.0g)及び、PGME(11.0g)中に溶解し、ダイアフラムポンプで脱気を行った後、重合開始剤としてAIBN(0.2g、1.0mmol)を加え、再び脱気を行った。この後、60℃で13時間反応させポリマー溶液(MP-1)を得た。
このポリマーの数平均分子量は40500、重量平均分子量は138300であった。
<Methacrylate polymer synthesis example A1>
MA-2 (2.48 g, 6.01 mmol), GMA (0.14 g, 1.00 mmol) and MAA (1.2 g, 13.0 mmol) in CHN (11.0 g) and PGME (11.0 g) Then, after deaeration with a diaphragm pump, AIBN (0.2 g, 1.0 mmol) was added as a polymerization initiator, and deaeration was performed again. Thereafter, the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C. for 13 hours to obtain a polymer solution (MP-1).
The number average molecular weight of this polymer was 40500, and the weight average molecular weight was 138300.
<メタクリレートポリマー合成例A2~A10及びA11~A18>
 表1に示す組成にて、ポリマー合成例A1と同様の方法を用いて、メタクリレートポリマーPA2~PA10及びPA11~PA18を合成した。
<Methacrylate polymer synthesis examples A2 to A10 and A11 to A18>
Using the composition shown in Table 1, methacrylate polymers PA2 to PA10 and PA11 to PA18 were synthesized using the same method as in Polymer Synthesis Example A1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
<実施例A1> 
メタクリレートポリマー合成例A1で得られたポリマー溶液(MP-1)4.0gに、CHN(5.5g)、PGME(5.5g)及びTETRAD-C(0.03g)を加え室温にて撹拌することにより、液晶配向処理剤(PM-A1)を得た。
<Example A1>
CHN (5.5 g), PGME (5.5 g) and TETRAD-C (0.03 g) are added to 4.0 g of the polymer solution (MP-1) obtained in methacrylate polymer synthesis example A1, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature. As a result, a liquid crystal aligning agent (PM-A1) was obtained.
<実施例A2~A23及びA24~PA40、比較例A1>
 表2に示す組成にて、実施例A1と同様の方法を用いて、液晶配向処理剤(PM-A2)~(PM-A23)及び(PM-A24)~(PM-A40)を得た。また同様の方法で比較例A1の液晶配向処理剤(RPM-A1)も調製した。
<Examples A2 to A23 and A24 to PA40, Comparative Example A1>
Liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-A2) to (PM-A23) and (PM-A24) to (PM-A40) were obtained with the compositions shown in Table 2 in the same manner as in Example A1. In the same manner, a liquid crystal aligning agent (RPM-A1) of Comparative Example A1 was also prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
<液晶表示素子の作製>
 実施例で得られた液晶配向処理剤(PM-A1)~(PM-A40)及び比較例で得られた液晶配向処理剤(RPM-A1)を、細孔径1μmのメンブランフィルタで加圧濾過した。
 得られた溶液をITO膜からなる透明電極付きガラス基板のITO面にスピンコートし、50℃のホットプレートで120秒間乾燥した後、120℃のホットプレートで2分間又は20分間焼成を行い、膜厚100nmの液晶配向膜を形成した。
 次いで、塗膜面に偏光板を介して、照射強度4.3mW/cmの313nmの直線偏光紫外線を基板法線方向から40°傾斜した角度から50mJ/cm照射し、液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。直線偏光紫外線は高圧水銀ランプの紫外光に313nmのバンドパスフィルターを通した後、313nmの偏光板を通すことで調製した。
 上記の基板を2枚用意し、一方の基板の液晶配向膜上に4μmのビーズスペーサーを散布した後、シール剤(三井化学製、XN-1500T)を塗布した。次いで、もう一方の基板を、液晶配向膜面が向き合い配向方向が180°になるようにして張り合わせた後、120℃で90分シール剤を熱硬化させることで空セルを作製した。この空セルに液晶(メルク社製、MLC-3022)を減圧注入法によって注入し、液晶表示素子を得た。
<Production of liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-A1) to (PM-A40) obtained in the examples and the liquid crystal aligning agent (RPM-A1) obtained in the comparative example were pressure filtered through a membrane filter having a pore diameter of 1 μm. .
The obtained solution is spin-coated on the ITO surface of a glass substrate with a transparent electrode made of an ITO film, dried on a hot plate at 50 ° C. for 120 seconds, and then baked for 2 minutes or 20 minutes on a hot plate at 120 ° C. A liquid crystal alignment film having a thickness of 100 nm was formed.
Next, a 313 nm linearly polarized ultraviolet ray having an irradiation intensity of 4.3 mW / cm 2 is irradiated onto the coating surface through a polarizing plate by 50 mJ / cm 2 from an angle inclined by 40 ° from the normal direction of the substrate, and a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film Got. The linearly polarized ultraviolet light was prepared by passing a 313 nm band-pass filter through the ultraviolet light of a high-pressure mercury lamp and then passing it through a 313 nm polarizing plate.
Two substrates described above were prepared, and 4 μm bead spacers were sprayed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one of the substrates, and then a sealant (XN-1500T, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals) was applied. Next, after bonding the other substrate so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces each other and the alignment direction was 180 °, an empty cell was produced by thermosetting the sealant at 120 ° C. for 90 minutes. Liquid crystals (MLC-3022 manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) were injected into the empty cells by a reduced pressure injection method to obtain a liquid crystal display element.
<評価>
(液晶配向性)
 上記で得られた液晶表示素子を120℃で1時間の等方相処理を行った後、偏光顕微鏡にてセル観察を行った。光抜けやドメイン発生などの配向不良が無い場合や液晶セルに電圧印加を行った際に均一な液晶の駆動が得られる場合を良好とした。評価結果を表3に示す。
<Evaluation>
(Liquid crystal orientation)
The liquid crystal display element obtained above was subjected to an isotropic phase treatment at 120 ° C. for 1 hour, and then observed with a polarizing microscope. The case where there was no alignment failure such as light leakage or domain generation, or the case where uniform liquid crystal driving was obtained when a voltage was applied to the liquid crystal cell was considered good. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
(プレチルト角)
 上記で作製した液晶表示素子に、液晶セルのプレチルト角の測定は、Axo Metrix社製のAxoScanを用いて、ミューラーマトリックス法により測定した。評価結果を表3に示す。
(Pretilt angle)
The pretilt angle of the liquid crystal cell was measured by the Mueller matrix method using AxoScan made by AxoMetrix. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
 上記の結果からわかるように、実施例A1~A2と比較例A1との対比から、架橋性モノマーを共重合することで、液晶配向性及び液晶のプレチルト角発現能に優れる液晶配向膜が得られた。更に実施例A2と実施例A3との対比から、架橋剤成分を添加することで、焼成条件を短時間で処理した場合においても液晶配向性に優れ、プレチルト角発現能に優れる液晶配向膜が得られた。 As can be seen from the above results, from the comparison between Examples A1 and A2 and Comparative Example A1, a liquid crystal alignment film excellent in liquid crystal alignment and liquid crystal pretilt angle development ability can be obtained by copolymerizing a crosslinkable monomer. It was. Furthermore, from the comparison between Example A2 and Example A3, by adding a crosslinking agent component, a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent liquid crystal alignment and excellent pretilt angle development ability even when the firing conditions are processed in a short time is obtained. It was.
<メタクリレートポリマー合成例B1>
 MA-2(2.5g、6.0mmol)とMAA(1.2g、14.1mmol)をCHN(11.0g)及び、PGME(11.0g)中に溶解し、ダイアフラムポンプで脱気を行った後、重合開始剤としてAIBN(0.2g、1.0mmol)を加え、再び脱気を行った。この後、60℃で13時間反応させポリマー(PB1)溶液を得た。
このポリマーの数平均分子量は40500、重量平均分子量は138300であった。
<Methacrylate polymer synthesis example B1>
MA-2 (2.5 g, 6.0 mmol) and MAA (1.2 g, 14.1 mmol) are dissolved in CHN (11.0 g) and PGME (11.0 g), and deaerated with a diaphragm pump. After that, AIBN (0.2 g, 1.0 mmol) was added as a polymerization initiator, and deaeration was performed again. Then, it was made to react at 60 degreeC for 13 hours, and the polymer (PB1) solution was obtained.
The number average molecular weight of this polymer was 40500, and the weight average molecular weight was 138300.
<メタクリレートポリマー合成例B2~B8及びB12~B18>
 表4に示す組成にて、ポリマー合成例B1と同様の方法を用いて、メタクリレートポリマーPB2~PB8及びPB12~PB18を合成した。
<Methacrylate polymer synthesis examples B2 to B8 and B12 to B18>
Using the composition shown in Table 4, methacrylate polymers PB2 to PB8 and PB12 to PB18 were synthesized using the same method as in Polymer Synthesis Example B1.
<メタクリレートポリマー合成例B9>
 MA2(6.19g、15.0mmol)とMOI-BP(8.80g、35.0mmol)をCHN(61.6g)中に溶解し、ダイアフラムポンプで脱気を行った後、AIBN(0.41g、2.5mmol)を加え再び脱気を行った。この後55℃で13時間反応させメタクリレートのポリマー溶液を得た。このポリマー溶液をメタノールと純水=5/5の混合溶媒(1000ml)に滴下し、得られた沈殿物をろ過した。この沈澱物をメタノールで洗浄し、40℃のオーブン中で減圧乾燥しメタクリレートポリマー粉末を得た。このポリマーの数平均分子量は43600、重量平均分子量は131200であった。
 得られたメタクリレートポリマー粉末(1.5g)にCHN(9.0g)、及びPGME(9.0g)を加え、室温で5時間攪拌して溶解させ、ポリマー(PB9)溶液を得た。
<Methacrylate polymer synthesis example B9>
After MA2 (6.19 g, 15.0 mmol) and MOI-BP (8.80 g, 35.0 mmol) were dissolved in CHN (61.6 g) and deaerated with a diaphragm pump, AIBN (0.41 g , 2.5 mmol) was added and deaeration was performed again. Thereafter, the mixture was reacted at 55 ° C. for 13 hours to obtain a polymer solution of methacrylate. This polymer solution was dropped into a mixed solvent of methanol and pure water = 5/5 (1000 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered. This precipitate was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure in an oven at 40 ° C. to obtain a methacrylate polymer powder. The number average molecular weight of this polymer was 43600, and the weight average molecular weight was 131200.
CHN (9.0 g) and PGME (9.0 g) were added to the obtained methacrylate polymer powder (1.5 g), and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 5 hours to obtain a polymer (PB9) solution.
<メタクリレートポリマー合成例B10~B11>
 表5に示す組成にて、ポリマー合成例P1と同様の方法を用いて、メタクリレートポリマーPB10~PB11を合成した。
<Methacrylate polymer synthesis examples B10 to B11>
Using the composition shown in Table 5, methacrylate polymers PB10 to PB11 were synthesized using the same method as in Polymer Synthesis Example P1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
<実施例B1>
 メタクリレートポリマー合成例B1で得られたポリマー溶液(PB1)4.0gに、CHN(5.5g)、PGME(5.5g)及びTETRAD-C(0.02g)を加え室温にて撹拌することにより、液晶配向処理剤(PM-B1)を得た。
<Example B1>
By adding CHN (5.5 g), PGME (5.5 g) and TETRAD-C (0.02 g) to 4.0 g of the polymer solution (PB1) obtained in methacrylate polymer synthesis example B1, the mixture was stirred at room temperature. A liquid crystal aligning agent (PM-B1) was obtained.
<実施例B2~B16、比較例B1>
 表6に示す組成にて、実施例B1と同様の方法を用いて、液晶配向処理剤(PM-B2)~(PM-B16)を得た。また同様の方法で比較例B1の液晶配向処理剤(RPM-B1)も調製した。
<Examples B2 to B16, Comparative Example B1>
Liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-B2) to (PM-B16) were obtained with the compositions shown in Table 6 using the same method as in Example B1. In the same manner, a liquid crystal aligning agent (RPM-B1) of Comparative Example B1 was also prepared.
<実施例B17~B23>
 表6に示す組成にて、実施例B1と同様の方法を用いて、液晶配向処理剤(PM-B17)~(PM-B23)を得た。
<Examples B17 to B23>
Liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-B17) to (PM-B23) were obtained with the compositions shown in Table 6 using the same method as in Example B1.
<実施例B24~B34>
 表7に示す組成にて、実施例B1と同様の方法を用いて、液晶配向処理剤(PM-B24)~(PM-B34)を得た。
<Examples B24 to B34>
Liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-B24) to (PM-B34) were obtained with the compositions shown in Table 7 using the same method as in Example B1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
<比較例B2>
 メタクリレートポリマー溶液(PB9)に、CHN(9.0g)、PGME(9.0g)、YH-434-L(0.15g)を加え、室温で5時間撹拌して溶解させ、液晶配向処理剤(RPMB-2)を得た。
<Comparative Example B2>
CHN (9.0 g), PGME (9.0 g), and YH-434-L (0.15 g) were added to the methacrylate polymer solution (PB9) and dissolved by stirring at room temperature for 5 hours. RPMB-2) was obtained.
<液晶表示素子の作製>
 実施例で得られた液晶配向処理剤(PM-A1)~(PM-A36)及び比較例で得られた液晶配向処理剤(RPM-A1)の代わりに、液晶配向処理剤(PM-B1)~(PM-B34)及び比較例で得られた液晶配向処理剤(RPM-B1)~(RPM-B2)を用いて、上述と同様に、液晶表示素子を作製した。
 また、同様に、液晶配向性、プレチルト角について評価した、評価結果を表8に示す。
<Production of liquid crystal display element>
Instead of the liquid crystal aligning agents (PM-A1) to (PM-A36) obtained in the examples and the liquid crystal aligning agent (RPM-A1) obtained in the comparative examples, the liquid crystal aligning agent (PM-B1) Using (PM-B34) and the liquid crystal aligning agents (RPM-B1) to (RPM-B2) obtained in Comparative Examples, liquid crystal display elements were produced in the same manner as described above.
Similarly, Table 8 shows the evaluation results of evaluating the liquid crystal orientation and the pretilt angle.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
 上記の結果からわかるように、実施例B1と比較例B1との対比から、架橋剤成分を導入することで本発明の液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子は、短時間の焼成においてもプレチルト角が発現した。さらに実施例B1と比較例B2との対比から、分子内に極性基を含まない液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子は、液晶配向性が得られないのに対し、本発明の液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子は、液晶配向性が良好であり、またプレチルト角も発現した。 As can be seen from the above results, from the comparison between Example B1 and Comparative Example B1, a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention by introducing a crosslinking agent component is short. The pretilt angle was developed even after firing for a period of time. Further, from the comparison between Example B1 and Comparative Example B2, a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from a liquid crystal aligning agent not containing a polar group in the molecule cannot obtain liquid crystal alignment. The liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent of the invention had good liquid crystal alignment and also exhibited a pretilt angle.
 本発明の液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子は、液晶表示素子に、好適に用いることができる。 A liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent of the present invention can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display element.

Claims (19)

  1. (A)成分: 下記(A-1)及び(A-2)の構造を有する重合体;及び溶媒を含有する液晶配向剤であって、
     上記重合体が、(A-3)オキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、下記式(3)で表される基、下記式(4)で表される基、下記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基から選択される少なくとも1種の官能基を有する構造をさらに有するか;及び/又は
     上記(A)成分以外の(B)成分をさらに有し、該(B)成分が、分子内に2個以上の、エポキシ基、チイラン基、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基、及びベンジルアルコール基からなる群から選ばれる基を含有する化合物である、上記液晶配向剤:
     (A-1)分子内にカルボキシル基、アミノ基及び水酸基及びから選ばれる少なくとも1種の官能基を有する構造;
     (A-2)下記式(pa-1)(式中、Aは場合によりフッ素、塩素、シアノから選択される基によるか、又は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル残基(これは、場合により1個のシアノ基又は1個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている)で置換されている、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、2,5-チオフェニレン、2,5-フラニレン、1,4-若しくは2,6-ナフチレン又はフェニレンを表し、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、2価の複素環式基または2価の縮合環式基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、Dは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は-NR-(ここで、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキルを表す)を表し、aは0~3の整数であり、*は結合位置を表す。)で表される構造。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (A) component: a polymer having the following structures (A-1) and (A-2); and a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a solvent,
    The polymer is (A-3) an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the following formula (3), a group represented by the following formula (4), a group represented by the following formula (5), and thiirane. A structure having at least one functional group selected from a group; and / or a component (B) other than the component (A), and two (B) components in the molecule The above liquid crystal aligning agent, which is a compound containing a group selected from the group consisting of the above epoxy group, thiirane group, hydroxyalkylamide group, and benzyl alcohol group:
    (A-1) a structure having in the molecule at least one functional group selected from a carboxyl group, an amino group, and a hydroxyl group;
    (A-2) The following formula (pa-1) (wherein A is optionally a group selected from fluorine, chlorine and cyano, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear or branched) A pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, optionally substituted with an alkyl residue of (which is optionally substituted with one cyano group or one or more halogen atoms) 2,5-thiophenylene, 2,5-furylene, 1,4- or 2,6-naphthylene or phenylene, R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, and R 2 is A divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent condensed cyclic group, wherein R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—. R 4 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. Or a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including an alicyclic group, wherein D is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or —NR d — (where R d is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to A represents an integer of 0 to 3, and * represents a bonding position.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
  2.  前記(A)成分が、(A-3)オキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、前記式(3)で表される基、前記式(4)で表される基、前記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基から選択される少なくとも1種の官能基を有する構造を有する、請求項1に記載の液晶配向剤。 The component (A) is (A-3) an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the formula (3), a group represented by the formula (4), a group represented by the formula (5). The liquid crystal aligning agent of Claim 1 which has a structure which has at least 1 sort (s) of functional group selected from a thiirane group.
  3.  前記(A)成分が 前記(A-1)及び前記(A-2)の構造を有する重合体であり、前記(B)成分をさらに有する、請求項1に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1, wherein the component (A) is a polymer having the structures (A-1) and (A-2), and further includes the component (B).
  4.  前記(B)成分が、分子内に2個以上の、エポキシ基又はチイラン基を含有する化合物である請求項3に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 3, wherein the component (B) is a compound containing two or more epoxy groups or thiirane groups in the molecule.
  5.  前記(B)成分が、分子内に2個以上の、ヒドロキシアルキルアミド基又はベンジルアルコール基を含有する化合物である請求項3に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 3, wherein the component (B) is a compound containing two or more hydroxyalkylamide groups or benzyl alcohol groups in the molecule.
  6.  前記(A)成分の重合体全体に対して、前記(A-1)の構造に由来するモノマーを5~95mol%の割合で含有し、前記(A-2)の構造に由来するモノマーを5~95mol%の割合で含有するモノマー成分から得られる、請求項3~5のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。 The monomer derived from the structure of (A-1) is contained in a proportion of 5 to 95 mol% with respect to the whole polymer of the component (A), and the monomer derived from the structure of (A-2) is 5 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 3 to 5, which is obtained from a monomer component contained in a proportion of -95 mol%.
  7.  上記(A)成分100重量部に対して、上記(B)成分を0.1~40質量部含有する請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の液液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 6, comprising 0.1 to 40 parts by mass of the component (B) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the component (A).
  8.  前記(A-2)が、下記式(b-1-m)(式中、Mは第2の重合性基を表し、Mは、単結合、(r+1)価の複素環、置換、又は非置換の炭素数1~10の分岐状アルキル基、又は非置換の炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、(r+1)価の芳香族基、(r+1)価の脂環式基から選ばれる基であり、それぞれの基は無置換であるか又は一個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はメトキシ基によって置換されていても良く、Sは、単結合、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基、2価の芳香族基又は2価の脂環式基を示し、Iは式(pa-1)で表される基であり、rは、1≦r≦3を満たす整数である。)で表されるモノマー由来である請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (A-2) is represented by the following formula (b-1-m) (wherein M c represents a second polymerizable group, M d represents a single bond, a (r 2 +1) -valent heterocyclic ring, A substituted or unsubstituted branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted straight chain alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an (r 2 +1) -valent aromatic group, and an (r 2 +1) value Each group is unsubstituted or one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a methoxy group, S b represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic group, and I b is represented by the formula (pa-1). Wherein r 2 is an integer satisfying 1 ≦ r 2 ≦ 3)). Liquid crystal aligning agent.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
  9.  前記(A-2)が下記式(pa-1-a)(式中、Sは、式(b-1-m)と同じ定義であり、Zは酸素原子、または硫黄原子であり、X及びXは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは2価の芳香族基、2価の脂環式基、又は2価の複素環式基であり、Rは単結合、酸素原子、-COO-または-OCO-であり、Rは炭素数1~40の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基または脂環式基を含む炭素数3~40の1価の有機基であり、Rは炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、フッ素原子またはシアノ基であり、aは0~3の整数であり、bは0~4の整数である。)で表される光配向性を有する部位である、請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (A-2) is the following formula (pa-1-a) (wherein S b has the same definition as in formula (b-1-m), Z is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and X a and X b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R 1 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—. R 2 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, or a divalent heterocyclic group, and R 3 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, —COO— or —OCO—, R 4 is a monovalent organic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms including a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group, R 5 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, A C 1-3 alkoxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, a is an integer of 0-3, and b is an integer of 0-4.) It is a site with photoalignable represented, the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1-8.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
  10.  前記(A-1)が、下記式(a-1-m)(式中、Ia1は、カルボキシル基、下記式(a2)の少なくとも一つの部分構造を有する基または1級アミノ基から選ばれる1価の有機基であり、rは、1又は2であり、Sは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Mは第1の重合性基を示す。但し、上記式(a2)(式中、*は結合位置を示す)は1級アミノ基以外の基を示す。)で表されるモノマー由来である、請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (A-1) is the following formula (a-1-m) (wherein I a1 is selected from a carboxyl group, a group having at least one partial structure of the following formula (a2), or a primary amino group) A monovalent organic group, r 1 is 1 or 2, S a represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and M a represents a first polymerizable group, provided that the above formula ( The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which is derived from a monomer represented by a2) (wherein * represents a bonding position) represents a group other than a primary amino group). .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
  11.  前記(A-3)が、下記式(c-1-m)(式中、Iは、分子内にオキセタニル基、オキシラニル基、上記式(3)で表される基、上記式(4)で表される基及び上記式(5)で表される基及びチイラン基からなる群から選択される1価の有機基であり、Sは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Mは第3の重合性基を表す。)で表されるモノマー由来であることを特徴とする、請求項1、請求項2、請求項7~請求項10のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (A-3) is represented by the following formula (c-1-m) (wherein I c is an oxetanyl group, an oxiranyl group, a group represented by the above formula (3) in the molecule, the above formula (4) And a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of the group represented by the above formula (5) and the thiirane group, S c represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, M The liquid crystal according to any one of claims 1, 2, and 7 to 10, wherein e represents a third polymerizable group. Alignment agent.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
  12.  (B)成分が、分子内に少なくとも1個以上の3級窒素原子を有するエポキシ化合物である、請求項1~請求項11のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the component (B) is an epoxy compound having at least one tertiary nitrogen atom in the molecule.
  13.  (B)成分が、下記式
    (式中、Xは炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基、または芳香族炭化水素基を含むn価の有機基であり、
     nは2~6の整数であり、
     RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、又は炭素数2~4のアルキニル基であり、RおよびRのうち少なくとも1つはヒドロキシ基で置換された炭化水素基を表す。
     Y、Y、及びYはそれぞれ独立に芳香環を表す。該芳香環の任意の水素原子は、水酸基、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルコキシ基又はビニル基で置換されていてもよい。
     Zは、単結合、全部又は一部が結合して環状構造を形成してもよい炭素原子数1~10の2価の飽和炭化水素基であり任意の水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい、-NH-、-N(CH)-、式[3](P及びPはそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基であり、Qは芳香環を表す。)で表される基である。
     tは2~4の整数であり、t及びtはそれぞれ独立に1~3の整数であり、
     a及びbはそれぞれ独立に1~3の整数である。)
    から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物である、請求項1~請求項9のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    Component (B) is represented by the following formula (wherein X 2 is an n-valent organic group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group,
    n is an integer from 2 to 6,
    R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. And at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
    Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic ring. Any hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a vinyl group.
    Z 1 is a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be bonded to form a cyclic structure by a single bond or all or a part thereof, and any hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. may, -NH -, - N (CH 3) -, an alkyl group of the formula [3] (P 1 and P 2 1 to 5 carbon atoms independently, Q 1 represents an aromatic ring. ).
    t 1 is an integer of 2 to 4, t 2 and t 3 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3,
    a and b are each independently an integer of 1 to 3. )
    The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
  14.  前記(A)成分の重合体全体に対して、前記(A-1)の部位に由来するモノマーを5~94mol%の割合で含有し、前記(A-2)の部位に由来するモノマーを5~94mol%の割合で含有し、前記(A-3)の部位に由来するモノマーを1~40mol%の割合で含有するモノマー成分から得られることを特徴とする、請求項1、請求項2、請求項7~請求項13のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。 The monomer derived from the part (A-1) is contained in a proportion of 5 to 94 mol% with respect to the whole polymer of the component (A), and the monomer derived from the part (A-2) is 5 The present invention is characterized in that it is obtained from a monomer component containing in a proportion of ˜94 mol% and containing a monomer derived from the site (A-3) in a proportion of 1 to 40 mol%. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 7 to 13.
  15.  前記(A)成分の重合体全体に対して、前記(A-1)の部位に由来するモノマーを20~94mol%の割合で含有し、前記(A-2)の部位に由来するモノマーを5~50mol%の割合で含有し、前記(A-3)の部位に由来するモノマーを1~30mol%の割合で含有するモノマー成分から得られることを特徴とする、請求項1、請求項2、請求項7~請求項14のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。 The monomer derived from the site (A-1) is contained in a proportion of 20 to 94 mol% with respect to the entire polymer of the component (A), and the monomer derived from the site (A-2) is 5 The present invention is characterized in that it is obtained from a monomer component which is contained in a proportion of ˜50 mol% and contains a monomer derived from the site (A-3) in a proportion of 1 to 30 mol%. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 7 to 14.
  16.  前記(A)成分の重合体の重量平均分子量が、2000~1000000であることを特徴とする、請求項1~請求項15のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the polymer of the component (A) has a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 1,000,000.
  17.  請求項1~請求項16のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤を用いて形成された液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
  18.  請求項1~請求項16のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程と、前記塗膜が液晶層と接触していない状態で又は液晶層と接触した状態で前記塗膜に光照射する工程と、を含む液晶配向膜の製造方法。 A step of applying a liquid crystal aligning agent according to any one of claims 1 to 16 on a substrate to form a coating film, and a state in which the coating film is not in contact with the liquid crystal layer or a liquid crystal layer And a step of irradiating the coating film with light in contact with the liquid crystal alignment film.
  19.  請求項17に記載の液晶配向膜又は請求項18に記載の製造方法により得られた液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 17 or the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the production method according to claim 18.
PCT/JP2018/006890 2017-02-27 2018-02-26 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element WO2018155675A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020197027833A KR102573453B1 (en) 2017-02-27 2018-02-26 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2019501857A JP7106059B2 (en) 2017-02-27 2018-02-26 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN201880026904.8A CN110546560B (en) 2017-02-27 2018-02-26 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-035480 2017-02-27
JP2017-035481 2017-02-27
JP2017035480 2017-02-27
JP2017035481 2017-02-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018155675A1 true WO2018155675A1 (en) 2018-08-30

Family

ID=63252858

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/006890 WO2018155675A1 (en) 2017-02-27 2018-02-26 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7106059B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102573453B1 (en)
CN (1) CN110546560B (en)
TW (1) TWI805572B (en)
WO (1) WO2018155675A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020138259A1 (en) * 2018-12-27 2020-07-02 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and novel monomer

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016186190A1 (en) * 2015-05-20 2016-11-24 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate comprising said liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element comprising said liquid crystal alignment film
JP2017016116A (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film and liquid crystal display device

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4995267U (en) 1972-12-09 1974-08-16
JP2857779B2 (en) 1988-12-19 1999-02-17 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Composition for liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal device
JP2893671B2 (en) 1991-03-11 1999-05-24 ジェイエスアール株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JPH07209633A (en) 1994-01-18 1995-08-11 Optrex Corp Production of liquid crystal display element
JP6146100B2 (en) * 2012-06-21 2017-06-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, retardation film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing retardation film
TWI649411B (en) * 2013-02-01 2019-02-01 日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI626266B (en) * 2013-05-13 2018-06-11 日產化學工業股份有限公司 Manufacturing method of substrate with liquid crystal alignment film for lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element
CN105593751B (en) * 2013-07-24 2019-07-30 日产化学工业株式会社 Polymer, polymer composition and the driving liquid crystal of transverse electric field indicate element liquid crystal orientation film
KR102324573B1 (en) * 2014-06-24 2021-11-09 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for transverse electric field driving liquid crystal display element
TWI564346B (en) * 2015-03-27 2017-01-01 奇美實業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016186190A1 (en) * 2015-05-20 2016-11-24 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate comprising said liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element comprising said liquid crystal alignment film
JP2017016116A (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film and liquid crystal display device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020138259A1 (en) * 2018-12-27 2020-07-02 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and novel monomer
CN113316742A (en) * 2018-12-27 2021-08-27 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and novel monomer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20190124743A (en) 2019-11-05
JPWO2018155675A1 (en) 2019-12-19
JP7106059B2 (en) 2022-07-26
KR102573453B1 (en) 2023-08-31
TW201900855A (en) 2019-01-01
CN110546560B (en) 2022-08-19
TWI805572B (en) 2023-06-21
CN110546560A (en) 2019-12-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7055281B2 (en) A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element containing a polymer having an isocyanate group and / or a blocked isocyanate group and a photoreactive moiety and a cross-linking agent.
WO2014148569A1 (en) Method for manufacturing in-plane-switching-type liquid-crystal display element
KR20170024011A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2024037839A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agents, liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal display elements, and new monomers
JP6877698B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI689543B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film using photoreactive hydrogen-bonding polymer liquid crystal
WO2014196589A1 (en) Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching liquid crystal display elements
JP7106059B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN112639595A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN111212878B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing same, and liquid crystal element
JP7453608B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2023136269A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2019148716A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP7472792B2 (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6864251B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18757180

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019501857

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197027833

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18757180

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1